Pyrazolopyridinone compounds

ABSTRACT

The invention relates to new pyrazolopyridinone compounds, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising said compounds, to processes for the preparation of said compounds and to the use of said compounds as FGFR (fibroblast growth factor receptor) inhibitors and to their use in the treatment of diseases, e.g. cancer.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/766,485, filed May 22, 2020, which is a U.S. national stage of International Patent Application No. PCT/CN2018/117296, filed Nov. 23, 2018, which claims priority of International Patent Application No. PCT/CN2017/112836, the contents of which are incorporated by reference herein.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The invention relates to new pyrazolopyridinone compounds, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising said compounds, to processes for the preparation of said compounds and to the use of said compounds as FGFR (fibroblast growth factor receptor) inhibitors and to their use in the treatment of diseases, e.g. cancer.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

The fibroblast growth factor (FGF) signaling pathways have been demonstrated to play critical roles in processes ranging from embryogenesis and wound healing and have also shown strong links to several hallmarks of cancer. Genetic alterations in FGFR family members are associated with tumor growth, metastasis, angiogenesis and survival. A variety of FGFR inhibitors are in clinic trials and have shown clinic response in patients with FGFR aberrations. However, it has been reported that mutations affecting aminoacids in FGFR, e.g. FGFR1, 2 or 3, may cause resistance to FGFR inhibitors or decrease sensitivity to FGFR inhibitors. The development of secondary FGFR kinase domain mutations upon treatment with FGFR inhibitors are an important mechanism of acquired resistance to FGFR inhibition. Equivalent FGFR point mutations exist also de novo in cancers. Gatekeeper mutations have been reported as one of the major mechanism leading to resistance to tyrosine kinase inhibitors. Gatekeeper mutations include FGFR3 V555L/V555M, FGFR1 V561M, FGFR2 V564F/V564I/V564M and FGFR4 V550L. FGFR resistant mutations have been reported in clinic trials and in vitro cellular systems. Therefore new (second generation) FGFR inhibitors are needed for more durable activity in cancers harboring alterations in the FGFR signaling pathway to overcome clinical acquired resistance to first generation FGFR inhibitor therapy. Second generation FGFR inhibitors are needed to overcome the reduced activity observed for first generation FGFR inhibitors against FGFRs harboring the above gatekeeper mutations and hence maintain FGFR inhibiting activity.

It was found that the compounds of the invention show activity against mutated FGFRs, in particular against FGFRs harboring gatekeeper mutations or against mutated FGFR1 or mutated FGFR2 or mutated FGFR3, in particular against FGFR3 V555L, FGFR3 V555M, FGFR1 V561M and FGFR2 V564I, particularly against FGFR3 V555L and FGFR3 V555M.

WO2002/022598, WO2003/087095, WO2004/018419, WO2004/043389, WO2005/046589 each disclose a series of quinolinone derivatives.

DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The invention provides compounds of formula (I):

including any tautomeric and stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein

A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ each independently represent CH, CR^(a1), CR^(a2) or N; provided that when one or more of A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ represent a substituted carbon atom, at least one of said substituted carbon atoms represents CR^(a1)), and provided that maximum three of A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ may represent CR^(a1) or CR^(a2);

C1 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl;

C2 is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl, hydroxyl or C₁₋₄alkoxy;

or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached;

each R^(a1) independently is halo, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloCa₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂, —S(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C₁₋₆alkyl or C₃₋₆cycloalkyl;

each R^(a2) independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, carboxyl, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyano, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂, —C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic saturated heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

R^(c) is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₄alkyloxyC₁₋₄alkyl;

R^(b) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂, —C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, or C₁₋₆alkyl substituted with C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or with phenyl or with a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

B is a 3 to 12 membered carbocyclyl or a 3 to 12 membered heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl are each optionally being substituted with 1 to 5 R substituents;

each R independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, haloC₁₋₆alkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, oxo, —SO₂—NH₂, —SO₂—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —SO₂—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂,

—NH—C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₁₋₆alkyl-O—C(═O)—, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or the solvates thereof.

In another aspect, provided is a method for the prophylaxis or treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by a FGFR kinase, which method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a compound of formula (I) as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof.

In a further aspect, provided is a compound of formula (I) as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof for use in the prophylaxis or treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by a FGFR kinase.

In a still further aspect, provided is use of a compound of formula (I) as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for the prophylaxis or treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by a FGFR kinase.

In another aspect, provided is a method for the prophylaxis or treatment of cancer, which method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a compound of formula (I) as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof. In particular, the cancer is a cancer mediated by a FGFR kinase.

In a further aspect, provided is a compound of formula (I) as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof for use in the prophylaxis or treatment of cancer. In particular, the cancer is a cancer mediated by a FGFR kinase.

In still a further aspect, provided is use of a compound of formula (I) as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for the prophylaxis or treatment of cancer. In particular, the cancer is a cancer mediated by a FGFR kinase.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

Unless the context indicates otherwise, references to formula (I) in all sections of this document (including the uses, methods and other aspects of the invention) include references to all other sub-formula (e.g. (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a)), sub-groups, preferences, embodiments and examples as defined herein.

The prefix “C_(x-y)” (where x and y are integers) as used herein refers to the number of carbon atoms in a given group. Thus, a C₁₋₆ alkyl group contains from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl group contains from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, a C₁₋₄alkoxy group contains from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and so on.

The term ‘halo’ or ‘halogen’ as used herein refers to a fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atom.

The term ‘C₁₋₄alkyl’, or ‘C₁₋₆alkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group refers to a linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon group containing from 1 to 4 or 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of such groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl or hexyl and the like.

The term ‘C₂₋₄alkenyl’ or ‘C₂₋₆alkenyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group refers to a linear or branched hydrocarbon group containing from 2 to 4 or 2 to 6 carbon atoms and containing a carbon carbon double bond.

The term ‘C₂₋₄alkynyl’ or ‘C₂₋₆alkynyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group refers to a linear or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 4 or 2 to 6 carbon atoms and containing a carbon carbon triple bond.

The term ‘C₁₋₄alkoxy’ or ‘C₁₋₆alkoxy’ as used herein as a group or part of a group refers to an —O—C₁₋₄alkyl group or an —O—C₁₋₆alkyl group wherein C₁₋₄alkyl and C₁₋₆alkyl are as defined herein. Examples of such groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, and the like.

The term ‘C₃₋₆cycloalkyl’ as used herein refers to a saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon ring of 3 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of such groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.

The term ‘hydroxyC₁₋₄alkyl’ or ‘hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group refers to a C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₆alkyl group as defined herein wherein one or more than one hydrogen atom is replaced with a hydroxyl group. The terms ‘hydroxyC₁₋₄alkyl’ or ‘hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl’ therefore include monohydroxyC₁₋₄alkyl, monohydroxyC₁₋₄alkyl and also polyhydroxyC₁₋₄alkyl and polyhydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl. There may be one, two, three or more hydrogen atoms replaced with a hydroxyl group, so the hydroxyC₁₋₄alkyl or hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl may have one, two, three or more hydroxyl groups. Examples of such groups include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl and the like.

The term ‘haloC₁₋₄alkyl’ or ‘haloC₁₋₆alkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group refers to a C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₆alkyl group as defined herein wherein one or more than one hydrogen atom is replaced with a halogen. The term ‘haloC₁₋₄alkyl’ or ‘haloC₁₋₆alkyl’ therefore include monohaloC₁₋₄alkyl, monohaloC₁₋₆alkyl and also polyhaloC₁₋₄alkyl and polyhaloC₁₋₆alkyl. There may be one, two, three or more hydrogen atoms replaced with a halogen, so the haloC₁₋₄alkyl or haloC₁₋₆alkyl may have one, two, three or more halogens. Examples of such groups include fluoroethyl, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl or trifluoroethyl and the like.

The term ‘haloC₁₋₄alkoxy’ or ‘haloC₁₋₆alkoxy’ as used herein as a group or part of a group refers to a —O—C₁₋₄alkyl group or a —O—C₁₋₆ alkyl group as defined herein wherein one or more than one hydrogen atom is replaced with a halogen. The terms ‘haloC₁₋₄alkoxy’ or ‘haloC₁₋₆alkoxy’ therefore include monohaloC₁₋₄alkoxy, monohalo-C₁₋₆alkoxy and also polyhaloC₁₋₄alkoxy and polyhaloC₁₋₄alkoxy. There may be one, two, three or more hydrogen atoms replaced with a halogen, so the haloC₁₋₄alkoxy or haloC₁₋₆alkoxy may have one, two, three or more halogens. Examples of such groups include fluoroethyloxy, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy and the like.

The term cyanoC₁₋₄alkyl or cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl as used herein refers to a C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₆alkyl group as defined herein which is substituted with one or two cyano groups, in particular with one cyano group.

The term “heterocyclyl” as used herein shall, unless the context indicates otherwise, include both aromatic and non-aromatic ring systems. Thus, for example, the term “heterocyclyl” includes within its scope aromatic, non-aromatic, unsaturated, partially saturated and fully saturated heterocyclyl ring systems. In general, unless the context indicates otherwise, such ring systems may be monocyclic or bicyclic or bridged and may contain, for example, 3 to 12 ring members, or 4 to 10 ring members, or more usually 5 to 10 ring members. Reference to 4 to 7 ring members include 4, 5, 6 or 7 atoms in the ring, reference to 3 to 6 ring members include 3, 4, 5, or 6 atoms in the ring and reference to 4 to 6 ring members include 4, 5, or 6 atoms in the ring. Examples of monocyclic heterocyclyl ring systems are ring systems containing 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 ring members, more usually 3 to 7, and preferably 4, 5, 6 or 7 ring members, more preferably 5 or 6 ring members. Examples of bicyclic heterocyclyl ring systems are those containing 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 ring members, and more usually 9 or 10 ring members. The heterocyclyl ring systems contain at least one heteroatom typically selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulphur, in particular contain up to 5, up to 4, up to 3, up to 2, or a single heteroatom. Where reference is made herein to a heterocyclyl ring system, the heterocyclyl ring can, unless the context indicates otherwise, be optionally substituted (i.e. unsubstituted or substituted) by one or more substituents as discussed herein.

The heterocyclyl ring systems can be heteroaryl ring systems having from 5 to 12 ring members, more usually from 5 to 10 ring members. The term “heteroaryl” is used herein to denote a heterocyclyl ring system having aromatic character. The term “heteroaryl” embraces polycyclic (e.g. bicyclic) ring systems wherein one or more rings are non-aromatic, provided that at least one ring is aromatic. In such polycyclic systems, the ring system may be attached to the remainder of the compound by an aromatic ring or by a non-aromatic ring.

Examples of heteroaryl groups are monocyclic and bicyclic groups containing from five to twelve ring members, and more usually from five to ten ring members. The heteroaryl group can be, for example, a five membered or six membered monocyclic ring or a bicyclic structure formed from fused five and six membered rings or two fused six membered rings, or two fused five membered rings. The heteroaryl ring system may contain up to about five heteroatoms typically selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur. Typically the heteroaryl ring will contain up to 4 heteroatoms, more typically up to 3 heteroatoms, more usually up to 2, for example a single heteroatom. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl ring contains at least one ring nitrogen atom. The nitrogen atoms in the heteroaryl rings can be basic, as in the case of an imidazole or pyridine, or essentially non-basic as in the case of an indole or pyrrole nitrogen. In general the number of basic nitrogen atoms present in the heteroaryl group, including any amino group substituents of the ring, will be less than five.

Examples of five membered heteroaryl groups include but are not limited to pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxatriazole, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl and tetrazolyl groups. In particular, examples of five membered heteroaryl groups include but are not limited to pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl and triazolyl groups

Examples of six membered heteroaryl groups include but are not limited to pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl and triazinyl.

A bicyclic heteroaryl group may be, for example, a group selected from:

-   -   a) a benzene ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1,         2 or 3 ring heteroatoms;     -   b) a pyridine ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing         0, 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms;     -   c) a pyrimidine ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing         0, 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;     -   d) a pyrrole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 0,         1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms;     -   e) a pyrazole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing         0, 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;     -   f) an imidazole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing         0, 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;     -   g) an oxazole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing         0, 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;     -   h) an isoxazole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing         0, 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;     -   i) a thiazole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing         0, 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;     -   j) an isothiazole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring         containing 0, 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;     -   k) a thiophene ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing         0, 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms;     -   l) a furan ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 0,         1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms;     -   m) a cyclohexyl ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring         containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms; and     -   n) a cyclopentyl ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring         containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms.

Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing a five membered ring fused to another five membered ring include but are not limited to imidazothiazolyl (e.g. imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole) and imidazoimidazolyl (e.g. imidazo[1,2-a]imidazole).

Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing a six membered ring fused to a five membered ring include but are not limited to benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isobenzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, purinyl, indazolyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl (e.g. pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine), triazolopyrimidinyl (e.g. [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine), benzodioxolyl, imidazopyrazinyl, imidazopyridazinyl, imidazopyridinyl and pyrazolopyridinyl (e.g. pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine) groups.

Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing a six membered ring fused to a five membered ring include but are not limited to benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, indazolyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl (e.g. pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine), triazolopyrimidinyl (e.g. [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine), imidazopyrazinyl, imidazopyridazinyl, imidazopyridinyl and pyrazolopyridinyl (e.g. pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine) groups.

Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing a six membered ring fused to a five membered ring include but are not limited to benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indolinyl groups.

Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing two fused six membered rings include but are not limited to quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, chromanyl, isochromanyl, thiochromanyl, benzopyranyl, benzodioxanyl, benzoxazinyl, pyridopyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl and pteridinyl groups.

Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing two fused six membered rings include but are not limited to quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzopyranyl, benzodioxanyl, benzoxazinyl, pyridopyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl and pteridinyl groups.

Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing two fused six membered rings include but are not limited to quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl and pteridinyl groups.

Examples of polycyclic heteroaryl groups containing an aromatic ring and a non-aromatic ring include, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxinyl, benzo[1.3]dioxolyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzofuranyl, tetrahydrotriazolopyrazinyl (e.g. 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinyl), and indolinyl.

A nitrogen-containing heteroaryl ring must contain at least one ring nitrogen atom. Each ring may, in addition, contain up to about four other heteroatoms typically selected from nitrogen, sulphur and oxygen. Typically the heteroaryl ring will contain up to 3 heteroatoms, for example 1, 2 or 3, more usually up to 2 nitrogens, for example a single nitrogen. The nitrogen atoms in the heteroaryl rings can be basic, as in the case of an imidazole or pyridine, or essentially non-basic as in the case of an indole or pyrrole nitrogen. In general the number of basic nitrogen atoms present in the heteroaryl group, including any amino group substituents of the ring, will be less than five.

Examples of nitrogen-containing heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxatriazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, triazolyl (e.g., 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl), tetrazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl and benzisothiazole, indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, isoindolinyl, purinyl, indazolyl, quinolizinyl, benzoxazinyl, pyridopyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl and pteridinyl.

Examples of nitrogen-containing polycyclic heteroaryl groups containing an aromatic ring and a non-aromatic ring include tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, and indolinyl.

The term “non-aromatic group” embraces, unless the context indicates otherwise, unsaturated ring systems without aromatic character, partially saturated and fully saturated heterocyclyl ring systems. The terms “unsaturated” and “partially saturated” refer to rings wherein the ring structure(s) contains atoms sharing more than one valence bond i.e. the ring contains at least one multiple bond e.g. a C═C, CSC or N═C bond. The term “fully saturated” refers to rings where there are no multiple bonds between ring atoms. Saturated heterocyclyl groups include piperidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperazine. Partially saturated heterocyclyl groups include pyrazolines, for example 2-pyrazoline and 3-pyrazoline.

Examples of non-aromatic heterocyclyl groups are groups having from 3 to 12 ring members, more usually 5 to 10 ring members. Such groups can be monocyclic or bicyclic, for example, and typically have from 1 to 5 heteroatom ring members (more usually 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatom ring members), usually selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur. The heterocyclyl groups can contain, for example, cyclic ether moieties (e.g. as in tetrahydrofuran and dioxane), cyclic thioether moieties (e.g. as in tetrahydrothiophene and dithiane), cyclic amine moieties (e.g. as in pyrrolidine), and combinations thereof (e.g. thiomorpholine).

Particular examples include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidinyl (e.g. 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), azetidinyl, pyranyl (2H-pyranyl or 4H-pyranyl), dihydrothiophenyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydrothiazolyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dioxanyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, imidazolinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxetanyl, thiazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl and piperazinyl. In general, preferred non-aromatic heterocyclyl groups include saturated groups such as piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, morpholinyl and piperazinyl.

Particular examples include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidinyl (e.g. 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), pyranyl (2H-pyranyl or 4H-pyranyl), dihydrothiophenyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydrothiazolyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dioxanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, imidazolinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl and piperazinyl. In general, preferred non-aromatic heterocyclyl groups include saturated groups such as piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, morpholinyl and piperazinyl.

In a nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclyl ring the ring must contain at least one ring nitrogen atom.

Particular examples of nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclyl groups include aziridinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidinyl (e.g. 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), dihydrothiazolyl, imidazolinyl, oxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, 3-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl and piperazinyl.

Particular examples of 3 to 6 membered monocyclic saturated heterocyclyls include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, dioxanyl, piperidinyl (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl (e.g. 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, dioxolanyl, dithiolanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydropyranyl (e.g. 4-tetrahydro pyranyl), dithianyl, trioxanyl, trithianyl, aziridinyl, oxiranyl, thiiranyl, diaziridinyl, dioxarinyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, thietanyl, dioxetanyl ring systems.

Particular examples of 3 to 6 membered monocyclic saturated heterocyclyls include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, dioxanyl, piperidinyl (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl (e.g. 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydropyranyl (e.g. 4-tetrahydro pyranyl), oxiranyl, azetidinyl ring systems.

Particular examples of 3 to 6 membered monocyclic saturated heterocyclyls include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, dioxanyl, piperidinyl (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl (e.g. 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydropyranyl (e.g. 4-tetrahydro pyranyl) ring systems.

Particular examples of 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyls include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidinyl (e.g. 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, dioxolanyl, dithiolanyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dioxanyl, tetrahydropyranyl (e.g. 4-tetrahydro pyranyl), dithianyl, trioxanyl, trithianyl, aziridinyl, oxiranyl, thiiranyl, diaziridinyl, dioxarinyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, thietanyl, dioxetanyl, azirinyl, azetyl, 1,2-dithietyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, dithiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, pyrimidinyl, thiazinyl, oxazinyl, triazinyl ring systems.

Particular examples of 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyls include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidinyl (e.g. 1-pyrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, dioxolanyl, dithiolanyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dioxanyl, tetrahydropyranyl (e.g. 4-tetrahydro pyranyl), oxiranyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, dithiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, pyrimidinyl, thiazinyl, oxazinyl, triazinyl ring systems.

Particular examples of 3 to 12 membered heterocycles include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidinyl (e.g. 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, dioxolanyl, dithiolanyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dioxanyl, tetrahydropyranyl (e.g. 4-tetrahydropyranyl), dithianyl, trioxanyl, trithianyl, aziridinyl, oxiranyl, thiiranyl, diaziridinyl, dioxarinyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, thietanyl, dioxetanyl, azirinyl, azetyl, 1,2-dithietyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, dithiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, pyrimidinyl, thiazinyl, oxazinyl, triazinyl, azepanyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, 1,2-diazepanyl, 1,4-diazepanyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, azocanyl, azocinyl, imidazothiazolyl (e.g. imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl), imidazoimidazolyl (e.g. imidazo[1,2-a]imidazolyl), benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isobenzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, purinyl, indazolyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl (e.g. pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidinyl), triazolopyrimidinyl (e.g. [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidinyl), benzodioxolyl, imidazopyridinyl and pyrazolopyridinyl (e.g. pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl), quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, chromanyl, thiochromanyl, isochromanyl, benzodioxanyl, quinolizinyl, benzoxazinyl, pyridopyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, dihydrobenzthienyl, dihydrobenzfuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxinyl, benzo[1,3]dioxolyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzofuranyl, tetrahydrotriazolopyrazinyl (e.g. 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinyl), 8-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]-octanyl, 3,6-diazabicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl ring systems.

Particular examples of 3 to 12 membered heterocycles include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidinyl (e.g. 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, dioxolanyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dioxanyl, tetrahydropyranyl (e.g. 4-tetrahydropyranyl), oxiranyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, dithiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, pyrimidinyl, thiazinyl, oxazinyl, triazinyl, imidazothiazolyl (e.g. imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl), imidazoimidazolyl (e.g. imidazo[1,2-a]imidazolyl), benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isobenzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, indazolyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl (e.g. pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidinyl), triazolopyrimidinyl (e.g. [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidinyl), benzodioxolyl, imidazopyridinyl and pyrazolopyridinyl (e.g. pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl), quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzodioxanyl, quinolizinyl, benzoxazinyl, pyridopyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, dihydrobenzthienyl, dihydrobenzfuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxinyl, benzo[1,3]dioxolyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzofuranyl, tetrahydrotriazolopyrazinyl (e.g. 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinyl) ring systems.

Particular examples of 5 to 6 membered aromatic heterocycles include but are not limited to pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, furazanyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxatriazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl and triazinyl ring systems.

The heterocyclyl and carbocyclyl rings representing the B substituent include bridged ring systems such as for example bridged cycloalkanes, such as for example norbornane (1,4-endo-methylene-cyclohexane), adamantane, oxa-adamantane; bridged morpholine rings such as for example 8-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 2-oxa-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane; bridged piperazine rings such as for example 3,6-diazabicyclo[3.1.1]heptane; bridged piperidine rings such as for example 1,4-ethylenepiperidine. For an explanation of the distinction between fused and bridged ring systems, see Advanced Organic Chemistry, by Jerry March, 4^(th) Edition, Wiley Interscience, pages 131-133, 1992.

The term “carbocyclyl” as used herein shall, unless the context indicates otherwise, include both aromatic and non-aromatic carbon ring systems. Thus, for example, the term “carbocyclyl” includes within its scope aromatic, non-aromatic, unsaturated, partially saturated and fully saturated carbocyclic ring systems. In general, unless the context indicates otherwise, such ring systems may be monocyclic or bicyclic or bridged and may contain, for example, 3 to 12 ring members, or 4 to 10 ring members, or more usually 5 to 10 ring members. Reference to 4 to 7 ring members include 4, 5, 6 or 7 atoms in the ring and reference to 4 to 6 ring members include 4, 5, or 6 atoms in the ring. Examples of monocyclic carbocyclyl ring systems are ring systems containing 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 ring members, more usually 3 to 7, and preferably 4, 5, 6 or 7 ring members, more preferably 5 or 6 ring members. Examples of bicyclic carbocyclyl ring systems are those containing 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 ring members, and more usually 9 or 10 ring members. Where reference is made herein to a carbocyclyl ring system, the carbocyclyl ring can, unless the context indicates otherwise, be optionally substituted (i.e. unsubstituted or substituted) by one or more substituents as discussed herein.

The carbocyclyl ring systems can be aryl ring systems. The term ‘aryl’ as used herein refers to carbocyclyl aromatic groups and embraces polycyclic (e.g. bicyclic) ring systems wherein one or more rings are non-aromatic, provided that at least one ring is aromatic. In such polycyclic systems, the ring system may be attached to the remainder of the compound by an aromatic ring or by a non-aromatic ring. The term ‘aryl’ includes phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl groups.

Particular examples of 3 to 12 membered carbocycles include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, phenyl naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, azulenyl, norbornane (1,4-endo-methylene-cyclohexane), adamantane ring systems.

Lines (such as ‘—’ in —(R^(a2))_(n)) drawn into ring systems indicate that the bond may be attached to any of the suitable and available ring atoms.

In an embodiment wherein two or more heteroatoms are involved, these heteroatoms may be the same or part or all of the two or more heteroatoms may be different.

The term “optional” or “optionally” means the event described subsequent thereto may or may not happen. This term encompasses the cases that the event may or may not happen.

As used herein, the expression “one or more” refers to at least one, for example one, two, three, four, five or more, whenever possible and depending on the context.

In the compounds of formula (I) the carbon atom indicated with a “*” in the below formula is a chiral center. The present invention provides compounds of formula (I) wherein said chiral center represents a specific stereochemistry (S or R), in particular compounds of formula (I) wherein said chiral center has S-stereochemistry. Compounds of formula (I) or any subgroup thereof having the S-stereochemistry at the chiral center * exhibit high FGFR inhibitory activity.

Thus, the present invention provides compounds of formula (I-a)

including any tautomeric and stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein

A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ each independently represent CH, CR^(a1), CR^(a2) or N; provided that when one or more of A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ represent a substituted carbon atom, at least one of said substituted carbon atoms represents CR^(a1), and provided that maximum three of A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ may represent CR^(a1) or CR^(a2);

C1 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl;

C2 is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl, hydroxyl or C₁₋₄alkoxy;

or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached;

each R^(a1) independently is halo, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂, —S(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C₁₋₆alkyl or C₃₋₆cycloalkyl;

each R^(a2) independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, carboxyl, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyano, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂, —C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic saturated heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

R^(c) is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₄alkyloxyC₁₋₄alkyl;

R^(b) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂, —C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, or C₁₋₆alkyl substituted with C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or with phenyl or with a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

B is a 3 to 12 membered carbocyclyl or a 3 to 12 membered heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl are each optionally being substituted with 1 to 5 R substituents;

each R independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, haloC₁₋₆alkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, oxo, —SO₂—NH₂, —SO₂—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —SO₂—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, —NH—C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₁₋₆alkyl-O—C(═O)—, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or the solvates thereof.

The present invention provides compounds of formula (I-A)

including any tautomeric and stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein

C1 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl;

C2 is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl, hydroxyl or C₁₋₄alkoxy;

or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached;

R^(a1) is halo, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂, —S(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C₁₋₆alkyl or C₃₋₆cycloalkyl;

each R^(a2) independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, carboxyl, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyano, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂,

—C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic saturated heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

R^(c) is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₄alkyloxyC₁₋₄alkyl;

R^(b) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂, —C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, or C₁₋₆alkyl substituted with C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or with phenyl or with a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

B is a 3 to 12 membered carbocyclyl or a 3 to 12 membered heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl are each optionally being substituted with 1 to 5 R substituents;

each R independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, haloC₁₋₆alkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, oxo, —SO₂—NH₂, —SO₂—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —SO₂—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂,

—NH—C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₁₋₆alkyl-O—C(═O)—, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

n represents an integer equal to 0, 1 or 2;

or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or the solvates thereof.

The present invention provides compounds of formula (I-A) as defined hereinabove having an S stereocenter as in the following formula (I-A-a):

including any tautomeric and stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein

the substituents are as defined above for the compounds of formula (I-A);

or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or the solvates thereof.

The present invention provides compounds of formula (I-B)

including any tautomeric and stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein

C1 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl;

C2 is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl, hydroxyl or C₁₋₄alkoxy;

or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached;

R^(a1) is halo, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, —C(═O)—N(R′)₂, —S(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C₁₋₆alkyl or C₃₋₆cycloalkyl;

each R^(a2) independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, carboxyl, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyano, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂,

—C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic saturated heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

R^(c) is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₄alkyloxyC₁₋₄alkyl;

R^(b) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂, —C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S. or C₁₋₆alkyl substituted with C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or with phenyl or with a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

B is a 3 to 12 membered carbocyclyl or a 3 to 12 membered heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl are each optionally being substituted with 1 to 5 R substituents;

each R independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, haloC₁₋₆alkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, oxo, —SO₂—NH₂, —SO₂—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —SO₂—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, —NH—C(═O)—C₂₋₄alkenyl, —C(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₁₋₆alkyl-O—C(═O)—, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

n represents an integer equal to 0, 1 or 2;

or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or the solvates thereof.

The present invention provides compounds of formula (I-B) as defined hereinabove having an S stereocenter as in the following formula (I-B-a):

including any tautomeric and stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein

the substituents are as defined above for the compounds of formula (I-B);

or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or the solvates thereof.

The present invention provides compounds of formula (I-C)

including any tautomeric and stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein

C1 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl;

C2 is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl, hydroxyl or C₁₋₄alkoxy;

or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached;

R^(a1) is halo, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂, —S(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C₁₋₆alkyl or C₃₋₆cycloalkyl:

each R^(a2) independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, carboxyl, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyano, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂,

—C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic saturated heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

R^(c) is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₄alkyloxyC₁₋₄alkyl;

R^(b) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂, —C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, or C₁₋₆alkyl substituted with C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or with phenyl or with a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

B is a 3 to 12 membered carbocyclyl or a 3 to 12 membered heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl are each optionally being substituted with 1 to 5 R substituents;

each R independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, haloC₁₋₆alkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, oxo, —SO₂—NH₂, —SO₂—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —SO₂—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂,

—NH—C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₁₋₆alkyl-O—C(═O)—, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, phenyl, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

n represents an integer equal to 0, 1 or 2;

or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or the solvates thereof.

The present invention provides compounds of formula (I-C) as defined hereinabove having an S stereocenter as in the following formula (I-C-a):

including any tautomeric and stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein

the substituents are as defined above for the compounds of formula (I-C);

or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or the solvates thereof.

The invention provides compounds of formula (I-D):

including any tautomeric and stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein

C1 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl;

C2 is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl, hydroxyl or C₁₋₄alkoxy;

or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached;

R^(a1) is halo, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂, —S(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C₁₋₆alkyl or C₃₋₆cycloalkyl;

each R^(a2) independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, carboxyl, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyano, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂,

—C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic saturated heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

R^(c) is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₄alkyloxyC₁₋₄alkyl;

R^(b) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂, —C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, or C₁₋₆alkyl substituted with C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or with phenyl or with a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

B is a 3 to 12 membered carbocyclyl or a 3 to 12 membered heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl are each optionally being substituted with 1 to 5 R substituents;

each R independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, haloC₁₋₆alkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, oxo, —SO₂—NH₂, —SO₂—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —SO₂—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂,

—NH—C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₁₋₆alkyl-O—C(═O)—, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

n represents an integer equal to 0, 1 or 2;

or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or the solvates thereof.

The present invention provides compounds of formula (I-D) as defined hereinabove having an S stereocenter as in the following formula (I-D-a):

including any tautomeric and stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein

the substituents are as defined above for the compounds of formula (I-D);

or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or the solvates thereof.

The invention provides compounds of formula (I-E):

including any tautomeric and stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein

C1 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl;

C2 is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl, hydroxyl or C₁₋₄alkoxy;

or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached;

R^(b) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂, —C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S. or C₁₋₆alkyl substituted with C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or with phenyl or with a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

B is a 3 to 12 membered carbocyclyl or a 3 to 12 membered heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl are each optionally being substituted with 1 to 5 R substituents;

each R independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, haloC₁₋₆alkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, oxo, —SO₂—NH₂, —SO₂—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —SO₂—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, —NH—C(═O)—C₂₋₄alkenyl, —C(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₁₋₆alkyl-O—C(═O)—, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S;

or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or the solvates thereof.

The present invention provides compounds of formula (I-E) as defined hereinabove having an S stereocenter as in the following formula (I-E-a):

including any tautomeric and stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein

the substituents are as defined above for the compounds of formula (I-E);

or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or the solvates thereof.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I) or (I-a), one R^(a1) substituent and one R^(a2) substituent are present.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I) or (I-a), one R^(a1) substituent and two R^(a2) substituents are present.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D) or (I-D-a), n is 0.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D) or (I-D-a), n is 1.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D) or (I-D-a), n is 2.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I) or (I-a), one of A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ represents N and the remaining A substituents represent CH, CR^(a1) or CR^(a2).

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I) or (I-a), two of A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ substituents represent N and the remaining A substituents represent CH, CR^(a1) or CR^(a2).

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), C₁ is hydrogen.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), C₂ is hydrogen.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), C₁ is hydrogen and C₂ is C₁₋₄alkyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), C₁ and C₂ are both hydrogen.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), C₁ and C₂ are both C₁₋₄alkyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), C₁ is hydrogen and C₂ is hydroxyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), C₁ is hydrogen and C₂ is C₁₋₄alkoxy.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), C₁ and C₂ are taken together to form C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, in particular cyclopropyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a),

represents —CH₃.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), C₁

represents —CH₂(C₁₋₄alkyl), in particular —CH₂CH₃ or —CH₂CH₂CH₃.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a),

represents —CH(C₁₋₄alkyl)?, in particular-CH(CH₃)₂.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a),

represents -cyclopropyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D) or (I-D-a), each RI independently is halo, —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, —C(═O)—N(R′)₂, in particular each R^(a1) independently is —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D) or (I-D-a), each R^(a1) independently is —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂, in particular each R^(a1) independently is methoxy, amide or dimethylamine.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D) or (I-D-a), each R^(a1) independently is halo e.g. fluoro, —O—C₁₋₄alkyl, —O—C₁₋₄alkyloxyC₁₋₄alkyl, —NH₂, —N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, —C(═O)—NH₂ or —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D) or (I-D-a), each R^(a1) independently is —O—C₁₋₄alkyl, in particular methoxy.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D) or (I-D-a), each R^(a2) independently is halo or C₁₋₆alkoxy.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D) or (I-D-a), each R^(a1) independently is C₁₋₆alkoxy, in particular methoxy.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D) or (I-D-a), there is one R^(a1) and one R^(a2) substituent. In an embodiment, the one R^(a1) is —OR, —N(R^(c))₂, —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂ and the one R^(a2) is C₁₋₆alkoxy.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D) or (I-D-a), there is one R^(a1) and no R^(a2) substituent. In an embodiment, the one R^(a1) is —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, —C(═O)—N(R′)₂.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), R^(b) is hydrogen.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), R^(b) is C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂, —C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, C₁₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, or C₁₋₆alkyl substituted with C₃₋₆cycloalkyl or with phenyl or with a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), R^(b) is C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂, —C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), R^(b) is C₁₋₆alkyl, in particular methyl or ethyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), B is a 5 or 6 membered carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl are each optionally being substituted with 1 to 5, in particular 1 to 4, or 1 to 3, or 1 or 2, or 1 R substituents. In an embodiment, B is unsubstituted.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), B is phenyl or a 5 or 6 membered aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said phenyl and heterocyclyl are each optionally being substituted with 1 to 5, in particular 1 to 4, or 1 to 3, or 1 or 2, or 1 R substituents. In an embodiment, B is unsubstituted.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), B is a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl are each optionally being substituted with 1 to 5, in particular 1 to 4, or 1 to 3, or 1 or 2, or 1 R substituents. In an embodiment, B is unsubstituted.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), B is a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic non-aromatic carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl are each optionally being substituted with 1 to 5, in particular 1 to 4, or 1 to 3, or 1 or 2, or 1 R substituents. In an embodiment, B is unsubstituted.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), B is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally being substituted with 1 to 4, in particular 1 to 3, or 1 or 2, or 1 R substituents. For example B is optionally substituted pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl or pyrazinyl, in particular optionally substituted pyrazolyl, pyridyl or pyrimidinyl. In an embodiment, B is unsubstituted. In an embodiment, B is substituted with 1 R substituent. In an embodiment, the R substituent is selected from C₁.-alkyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy and C₃₋₆cycloalkyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), B is a 6 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally being substituted with 1 to 4, in particular 1 to 3, or 1 or 2, or 1 R substituents. For example B is optionally substituted pyridyl, pyrimidinyl or pyrazinyl, in particular optionally substituted pyridyl or pyrimidinyl. In an embodiment, B is unsubstituted. In an embodiment, B is substituted with 1 R substituent. In an embodiment, the R substituent is selected from C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy and C₃₋₆cycloalkyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), B is a 5 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally being substituted with 1 to 3, in particular 1 or 2, or 1 R substituents. For example B is optionally substituted pyrazolyl, oxazolyl or thiazolyl, in particular optionally substituted pyrazolyl. In an embodiment, B is unsubstituted. In an embodiment, B is substituted with 1 R substituent. In an embodiment, the R substituent is selected from C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy and C₃₋₆cycloalkyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), B is a 9 to 12 membered bicyclic carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl are each optionally being substituted with 1 to 5, in particular 1 to 4, or 1 to 3, or 1 or 2, or 1 R substituents. In an embodiment, B is unsubstituted.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), B is pyrimidinyl, optionally being substituted with 1 to 3, in particular 1 or 2, or 1 R substituents; in particular B is unsubstituted pyrimidinyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (i-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), B is pyridyl, optionally being substituted with 1 to 3, in particular 1 or 2, or 1 R substituents; in particular B is unsubstituted pyridyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), B is oxazolyl, optionally being substituted with 1 or 2 R substituents, in particular 1 R substituent; in particular B is unsubstituted oxazolyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), each R independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, haloC₁₋₆alkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, oxo, —SO₂—NH₂, —SO₂—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —SO₂—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, —NH—C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, or C₁₋₆alkyl-O—C(═O)—.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), each R independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, haloC₁₋₆alkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, oxo, —SO₂—NH₂, —SO₂—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —SO₂—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, —NH—C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), B is unsubstituted.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a), B is substituted with 1 to 5 R substituents, in particular 1 to 4 R substituents, or 1 to 3 R substituents, or 1 or 2 R substituents, or 1 R substituent.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I) or (I-a), one or more, in particular when possible all of the following conditions apply:

A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ each independently represent CH, CR^(a1), CR^(a2); or one of A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ represents N and the remaining A substituents each independently represent CH, CR^(a1), CR^(a2);

C1 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl, in particular hydrogen or methyl;

C2 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₄alkoxy, in particular hydrogen, methyl or methoxy;

or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, in particular cyclopropyl;

each R^(a1) independently is halo (e.g. fluoro), —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, or —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂; in particular halo, —O—C₁₋₄alkyl, —O—C₁₋₄alkyloxyC₁₋₄alkyl, —NH₂. —N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, —C(═O)—NH₂ or —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂;

each R^(a2) independently is halo (e.g. fluoro) or C₁₋₆alkoxy, in particular halo or C₁₋₄alkoxy;

R^(b) is C₁₋₆alkyl, in particular C₁₋₄alkyl;

B is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally being substituted with 1 R substituent; in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, more in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl or oxazolyl; or

B is an unsubstituted 5 or 6 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S; in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, more in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl or oxazolyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D) or (I-D-a), one or more, in particular when possible all of the following conditions apply:

C1 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl, in particular hydrogen, methyl or ethyl;

C2 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₄alkoxy, in particular hydrogen, methyl or ethyl;

or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, in particular cyclopropyl;

each R^(a1) independently is halo (e.g. fluoro), —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, or —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂; in particular halo, —O—C₁₋₄alkyl, —O—C₁₋₄alkyloxyC₁₋₄alkyl, —NH₂, —N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, —C(═O)—NH₂ or —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂;

each R^(a2) independently is halo (e.g. fluoro) or C₁₋₆alkoxy, in particular halo or C₁₋₆alkoxy;

R^(b) is C₁₋₆alkyl, in particular C₁₋₄alkyl;

B is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally being substituted with 1 R substituent; in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, more in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl or oxazolyl; or

B is an unsubstituted 5 or 6 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S; in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, more in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl or oxazolyl.

In an embodiment, in the compounds of formula (I-E) or (I-E-a), one or more, in particular when possible all of the following conditions apply:

C1 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl, in particular hydrogen, methyl or ethyl;

C2 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₄alkoxy, in particular hydrogen, methyl or ethyl;

or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, in particular cyclopropyl;

R^(b) is C₁₋₆alkyl, in particular C₁₋₄alkyl;

B is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally being substituted with 1 R substituent; in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, more in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl or oxazolyl; or

B is an unsubstituted 5 or 6 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S; in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, more in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl or oxazolyl.

In an embodiment, the compounds are of formula (I-A) or (I-A-a), wherein one or more, in particular when possible all of the following conditions apply:

C1 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl, in particular hydrogen, methyl or ethyl, more in particular hydrogen;

C2 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₄alkoxy, in particular hydrogen, methyl or ethyl, or methoxy, more in particular hydrogen;

or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, in particular cyclopropyl;

R^(a1) is halo (e.g. fluoro), —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, or —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂; in particular halo, —O—C₁₋₄alkyl,

—O—C₁₋₄alkyloxyC₁₋₄alkyl, —NH₂, —N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, —C(═O)—NH₂ or —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, in particular —O—C₁₋₄alkyl, more in particular methoxy;

each R^(a2) independently is halo (e.g. fluoro) or C₁₋₆alkoxy, in particular halo or C₁₋₄alkoxy;

n is an integer equal to 0, 1 or 2, more in particular 0 or 1, e.g. 0;

R^(b) is C₁₋₆alkyl, in particular C₁₋₄alkyl e.g. methyl;

B is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally being substituted with 1 R substituent; in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, more in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl or oxazolyl; or

B is an unsubstituted 5 or 6 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom selected from N, O or S; in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, more in particular B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl or oxazolyl; or

B is unsubstituted pyrimidinyl.

In an embodiment, the compound of the invention is selected from

the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or the solvates thereof.

In an embodiment, the compound of the invention is

a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof.

In an embodiment, the compound of the invention is

a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof.

In an embodiment, the compound of the invention is

a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof.

In an embodiment, the compound of the invention is

a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof.

In an embodiment, the compound of the invention is

a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof.

For the avoidance of doubt, it is to be understood that each general and specific preference, embodiment and example for one substituent may be combined if chemically possible with each general and specific preference, embodiment and example for one or more, preferably, all other substituents as defined herein and that all such embodiments are embraced by this application.

Methods for the Preparation of Compounds of Formula (I)

In this section, as in all other sections of this application unless the context indicates otherwise, references to formula (I) also include all other sub-groups and examples thereof (e.g. (I-a), (I-A), (I-A-a), (I-B), (I-B-a), (I-C), (I-C-a), (I-D), (I-D-a), (I-E) or (I-E-a)) as defined herein.

In Scheme 1, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: in the presence of a suitable protective reagent H-P, such as for example 4-methoxybenzaldehyde, and a suitable reducing agent, such as for example NaBH₄, a suitable acid, such as for example trifluoroacetic acid, and a suitable solvent, such as for example ethyl acetate, at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature;

2: a) in the presence of methyl malonyl chloride, a suitable reducing agent, such as for example sodium hydride, and a suitable solvent, such as for example N,N-dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature; and b) in the presence of a suitable base, such as for example sodium methoxide, at a suitable temperature, such as for example 110° C.;

3: in the presence of a suitable leaving group introducing agent, such as for example oxalyl chloride or phosphoryl chloride, in the presence of a suitable solvent, such as for example N,N-dimethylformamide, and dichloromethane, at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature or 15° C.;

4: in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example diisobutylaluminium hydride and a suitable solvent, such as for example tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane, at a suitable temperature, such as for example −78° C.;

5: in the presence of phenylmethanamine, a suitable base, such as for example diisopropylethylamine, and a suitable solvent, such as for example acetonitrile, at a suitable temperature, such as for example 70° C.;

6: in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example H₂, and a suitable catalyst, such as for example palladium on charcoal, in a suitable solvent, such as for example an alcohol, e.g. methanol, at a suitable temperature, such as for example 50° C.;

7: in the presence of a suitable oxidant, such as for example FeCl₃ and a suitable solvent, such as for example 1,4-dioxane, at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature or 110° C.;

8: in the presence of a suitable deprotecting agent, such as for example trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, and a suitable solvent, such as for example trifluoroacetic acid, at a suitable temperature, such as for example 20° C., 60° C., 80° C. or 85° C.;

9: in the presence of a suitable base, such as for example diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate or potassium bicarbonate, and optionally in the presence of a suitable phase-transfer catalyst such as for example tetrabutylammonium iodide or 18-crown-6, and a suitable solvent, such as for example dichloromethane, chloroform, a chloroform/water mixture, N,N-dimethylacetamide or an alcohol, e.g. n butanol, at a suitable temperature, such as for example 35° C., 40° C., 60° C., 80° C. or 110° C.;

In Scheme 1, the intermediate of formula (XII) can be a specific stereoisomer, e.g. the S enantiomer, resulting in a specific stereoisomer, e.g. the S enantiomer, of formula (I), such as shown below in Scheme 1a for the preparation of compounds of formula (I-a).

Intermediates of formula (IX) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 2. In Scheme 2, all variables are defined according to the present invention.

In Scheme 2, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example H₂, a suitable catalyst, such as for example palladium on charcoal, and a suitable solvent, such as for example an alcohol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature or 40° C.

Intermediates of formula (XIII) wherein at least one R^(1a) is present and wherein said R^(1a) represents halo, e.g. fluoro, can be converted into an intermediate of formula (IX) wherein said R^(1a) represents methoxy, in the presence of sodium, methanol, and a suitable solvent, such as for example tetrahydrofuran, at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature.

Intermediates of formula (IX) can also be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 3. In Scheme 3, all variables are defined according to the present invention.

In Scheme 3, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example H₂ and NH₂NH₂.H₂O, a suitable catalyst, such as for example palladium on charcoal, and a suitable solvent, such as for example an alcohol, e.g. ethanol, at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature or 85° C.

The compounds of formula (I) may also be converted into each other via art-known reactions or functional group transformations.

The compounds of the invention as prepared in the processes described herein may be synthesized in the form of mixtures of enantiomers, in particular racemic mixtures of enantiomers, that can be separated from one another following art-known resolution procedures. Racemic compounds of formula (I) containing a basic nitrogen atom may be converted into the corresponding diastereomeric salt forms by reaction with a suitable chiral acid. Said diastereomeric salt forms are subsequently separated, for example, by selective or fractional crystallization and the enantiomers are liberated therefrom by alkali. An alternative manner of separating the enantiomeric forms of the compounds of formula (I), and the pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts and solvates thereof, involves liquid chromatography using a chiral stationary phase e.g. by supercritical fluid chromatography. Said pure stereochemically isomeric forms may also be derived from the corresponding pure stereochemically isomeric forms of the appropriate starting materials, provided that the reaction occurs stereospecifically. Preferably if a specific stereoisomer is desired, said compound would be synthesized by stereospecific methods of preparation. These methods will advantageously employ enantiomerically pure starting materials.

In the preparation of compounds of the present invention, protection of remote functionality (e.g., primary or secondary amine) of intermediates may be necessary. The need for such protection varies depending on the nature of the remote functionality and the conditions of the preparation methods. Suitable amino-protecting groups (NH-PG) include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9-fluorenylmethyleneoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). The need for such protection is readily determined by one skilled in the art. For a general description of protecting groups and their use, see T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th ed., Wiley, Hoboken, N.J., 2007.

In all these preparations, the reaction products may be isolated from the reaction medium and, if necessary, further purified according to methodologies generally known in the art such as, for example, extraction, crystallization, trituration and chromatography. The purity of the reaction products may be determined according to methodologies generally known in the art such as for example LC-MS, TLC, HPLC.

A further aspect of the invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I) as defined herein, which process comprises:

(i) reacting an intermediate of formula (II)

wherein W₁ represents a suitable leaving group, such as for example halo, e.g. chloro, with an intermediate of formula (XII)

in the presence of a suitable base, such as for example diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate or potassium bicarbonate, and optionally in the presence of a suitable phase-transfer catalyst such as for example tetrabutylammonium iodide or 18-crown-6, and a suitable solvent, such as for example dichloromethane, chloroform, a chloroform/water mixture, N,N-dimethylacetamide or an alcohol, e.g. n butanol, at a suitable temperature, such as for example 35° C., 40° C., 60° C., 80° C. or 110° C.; wherein the variables are as defined herein; and optionally thereafter converting one compound of the formula (I) into another compound of the formula (I).

Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts, Solvates or Derivatives Thereof

In this section, as in all other sections of this application, unless the context indicates otherwise, references to formula (I) include references to all other sub-groups, preferences, embodiments and examples thereof as defined herein.

Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes ionic forms, salts, solvates, isomers, tautomers, and isotopes, for example, preferably, the salts or isomers or solvates thereof. Compounds of formula (I) can exist in the form of salts, for example acid addition salts or, in certain cases salts of organic and inorganic bases such as carboxylate, sulphonate and phosphate salts. All such salts are within the scope of this invention, and references to compounds of formula (I) include the salt forms of the compounds.

The salt forms of the compounds of the invention are typically pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge et al. (1977) “Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts,” J. Pharm. Sci., Vol. 66, pp. 1-19. However, salts that are not pharmaceutically acceptable may also be prepared as intermediate forms which may then be converted into pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Such non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts forms, which may be useful, for example, in the purification or separation of the compounds of the invention, also form part of the invention.

The salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods such as methods described in Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use, P. Heinrich Stahl (Editor), Camille G. Wermuth (Editor), ISBN: 3-90639-026-8, Hardcover, 388 pages, August 2002. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media such as ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are used. The compounds of the invention may exist as mono- or di-salts depending upon the pKa of the acid from which the salt is formed.

Acid addition salts may be formed with a wide variety of acids, both inorganic and organic. Examples of acid addition salts include salts formed with an acid selected from the group consisting of acetic, 2,2-dichloroacetic, adipic, alginic, ascorbic (e.g. L-ascorbic), L-aspartic, benzenesulphonic, benzoic, 4-acetamidobenzoic, butanoic, (+) camphoric, camphor-sulphonic, (+)-(1S)-camphor-10-sulphonic, capric, caproic, caprylic, cinnamic, citric, cyclamic, dodecylsulphuric, ethane-1,2-disulphonic, ethanesulphonic, 2-hydroxyethanesulphonic, formic, fumaric, galactaric, gentisic, glucoheptonic, D-gluconic, glucuronic (e.g. D-glucuronic), glutamic (e.g. L-glutamic), α-oxoglutaric, glycolic, hippuric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, hydriodic, isethionic, lactic (e.g. (+)-L-lactic, (±)-DL-lactic), lactobionic, maleic, malic, (−)-L-malic, malonic, (f)-DL-mandelic, methanesulphonic, naphthalenesulphonic (e.g. naphthalene-2-sulphonic), naphthalene-1,5-disulphonic, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic, nicotinic, nitric, oleic, orotic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, phosphoric, propionic, L-pyroglutamic, pyruvic, salicylic, 4-amino-salicylic, sebacic, stearic, succinic, sulphuric, tannic, (+)-L-tartaric, thiocyanic, toluenesulphonic (e.g. p-toluenesulphonic), undecylenic and valeric acids, as well as acylated amino acids and cation exchange resins.

One particular group of salts consists of salts formed from acetic, hydrochloric, hydriodic, phosphoric, nitric, sulphuric, citric, lactic, succinic, maleic, malic, isethionic, fumaric, benzenesulphonic, toluenesulphonic, methanesulphonic (mesylate), ethanesulphonic, naphthalenesulphonic, valeric, acetic, propanoic, butanoic, malonic, glucuronic and lactobionic acids. Another group of acid addition salts includes salts formed from acetic, adipic, ascorbic, aspartic, citric, DL-Lactic, fumaric, gluconic, glucuronic, hippuric, hydrochloric, glutamic, DL-malic, methanesulphonic, sebacic, stearic, succinic and tartaric acids.

If the compound is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g., —COOH may be —COO), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na⁺ and K⁺, alkaline earth metal cations such as Ca²⁺ and Mg²⁺, and other cations such as Alt. Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH₄ ⁺) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH₃R⁺, NH₂R₂ ⁺, NHR₃ ⁺, NR₄ ⁺).

Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH₃)₄ ⁺.

Where the compounds of the formula (I) contain an amine function, these may form quaternary ammonium salts, for example by reaction with an alkylating agent according to methods well known to the skilled person. Such quaternary ammonium compounds are within the scope of formula (I).

The compounds of the invention may form solvates, for example with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents. As used herein, the term “solvate” means a physical association of the compounds of the present invention with one or more solvent molecules, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts thereof. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. The term “solvate” is intended to encompass both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include compounds of the invention in combination with water (hydrate), isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, DMSO, ethyl acetate, acetic acid or ethanolamine and the like. The compounds of the invention may exert their biological effects whilst they are in solution.

Solvates can be important to the processes for the preparation of a substance (e.g. in relation to their purification, the storage of the substance (e.g. its stability) and the ease of handling of the substance and are often formed as part of the isolation or purification stages of a chemical synthesis. A person skilled in the art can determine by means of standard and long used techniques whether a hydrate or other solvate has formed by the isolation conditions or purification conditions used to prepare a given compound. Examples of such techniques include thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), X-ray crystallography (e.g. single crystal X-ray crystallography or X-ray powder diffraction) and Solid State NMR (SS-NMR, also known as Magic Angle Spinning NMR or MAS-NMR). Such techniques are as much a part of the standard analytical toolkit of the skilled chemist as NMR, IR, HPLC and MS. Alternatively the skilled person can deliberately form a solvate using crystallisation conditions that include an amount of the solvent required for the particular solvate. Thereafter the standard methods described above, can be used to establish whether solvates had formed.

Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention may have one or more polymorph (crystalline) or amorphous forms and these forms as such are intended to be included in the scope of the invention.

Compounds of formula (I) may exist in a number of different geometric isomeric, and tautomeric forms and references to compounds of the formula (I) include all such forms. For the avoidance of doubt, where a compound can exist in one of several geometric isomeric or tautomeric forms and only one is specifically described or shown, all others are nevertheless embraced by formula (I). Examples of tautomeric forms include, for example, keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/enediamines, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, and nitro/aci-nitro.

Such forms in so far as they may exist, are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention. It follows that a single compound may exist in both stereoisomeric and tautomeric form.

Where compounds of formula (I) contain one or more chiral centres, and can exist in the form of two or more optical isomers, references to compounds of formula (I) include all optical isomeric forms thereof (e.g. enantiomers, epimers and diastereoisomers), either as individual optical isomers, or mixtures (e.g. racemic mixtures) of two or more optical isomers, unless the context requires otherwise. When a compound of formula (I) has more than one chiral centre, and one chiral centre is indicated as having an absolute stereoconfiguration, such as in compounds of formula (I-a), (I-A-a), (I-B-a), (I-C-a), (I-D-a) or (I-E-a), the other chiral centre(s) include all optical isomeric forms, either as individual optical isomers, or mixtures (e.g. racemic mixtures) of two or more optical isomers, thereof, unless the context requires otherwise. The optical isomers may be characterized and identified by their optical activity (i.e. as + and − isomers depending on the direction in which they rotate plane polarized light, or d and l isomers) or they may be characterized in terms of their absolute stereochemistry using the “R and S” nomenclature developed by Cahn, Ingold and Prelog, see Advanced Organic Chemistry by Jerry March, 4^(th) Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1992, pages 109-114, and see also Cahn, Ingold & Prelog (1966) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 5, 385-415. For instance, resolved enantiomers whose absolute configuration is not known can be designated by (+) or (−) depending on the direction in which they rotate plane polarized light.

Optical isomers can be separated by a number of techniques including chiral chromatography (chromatography on a chiral support) and such techniques are well known to the person skilled in the art. As an alternative to chiral chromatography, optical isomers can be separated by forming diastereoisomeric salts with chiral acids such as (+)-tartaric acid. (−)-pyroglutamic acid, (−)-di-toluoyl-L-tartaric acid, (+)-mandelic acid, (−)-malic acid, and (−)-camphorsulphonic, separating the diastereoisomers by preferential crystallisation, and then dissociating the salts to give the individual enantiomer of the free base.

Where compounds of formula (I) exist as two or more isomeric forms, one isomeric form, e.g. one enantiomer in a pair of enantiomers, may exhibit advantages over the other isomeric form, e.g. over the other enantiomer, for example, in terms of biological activity. Thus, in certain circumstances, it may be desirable to use as a therapeutic agent only one of a pair of enantiomers, or only one of a plurality of diastereoisomers. It was found that compounds wherein the chiral center indicated with * in the following structure

has the S configuration, exhibit higher biological activity than the corresponding R configuration.

When a specific stereoisomer is identified, this means that said stereoisomer is substantially free, i.e. associated with less than 50%, preferably less than 20%, more preferably less than 10%, even more preferably less than 5%, in particular less than 2% and most preferably less than 1%, of the other stereoisomers. Thus, when a compound of formula (I) is for instance specified as (S), this means that the compound is substantially free of the (R) isomer; when a compound of formula (I) is for instance specified as E, this means that the compound is substantially free of the Z isomer; when a compound of formula (I) is for instance specified as cis, this means that the compound is substantially free of the trans isomer.

As used herein, any chemical formula with bonds shown only as solid lines and not as solid wedged or hashed wedged bonds, or otherwise not indicated as having a particular configuration (e.g. R, S) around one or more atoms, contemplates each possible stereoisomer, or mixture of two or more stereoisomers.

The terms “stereoisomers”, “stereoisomeric forms” or “stereochemically isomeric forms” hereinbefore or hereinafter are used interchangeably.

Enantiomers are stereoisomers that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other. A 1:1 mixture of a pair of enantiomers is a racemate or racemic mixture.

Atropisomers (or atropisomers) are stereoisomers which have a particular spatial configuration, resulting from a restricted rotation about a single bond, due to large steric hindrance. All atropisomeric forms of the compounds of formula (I) are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

Diastereomers (or diastereoisomers) are stereoisomers that are not enantiomers, i.e. they are not related as mirror images. If a compound contains a double bond, the substituents may be in the E or the Z configuration. Substituents on bivalent cyclic (partially) saturated radicals may have either the cis- or trans-configuration; for example if a compound contains a disubstituted cycloalkyl group, the substituents may be in the cis or trans configuration. Therefore, the invention includes enantiomers, atropisomers, diastereomers, racemates, E isomers, Z isomers, cis isomers, trans isomers and mixtures thereof, whenever chemically possible.

The meaning of all those terms, i.e. enantiomers, atropisomers, diastereomers, racemates, E isomers, Z isomers, cis isomers, trans isomers and mixtures thereof are known to the skilled person.

The compounds of the invention include compounds with one or more isotopic substitutions, and a reference to a particular element includes within its scope all isotopes of the element, either naturally occurring or synthetically produced, either with natural abundance or in an isotopically enriched form. For example, a reference to hydrogen includes within its scope ¹H, ²H (D), and ³H (T). Similarly, references to carbon and oxygen include within their scope respectively ¹²C, ¹³C and ¹⁴C and ¹⁶O and ¹⁸O. The isotopes may be radioactive or non-radioactive. In one embodiment of the invention, the compounds contain no radioactive isotopes. Such compounds are preferred for therapeutic use. In another embodiment, however, the compound may contain one or more radioisotopes. Compounds containing such radioisotopes may be useful in a diagnostic context. Radiolabeled compounds of formula (I) may comprise a radioactive isotope selected from the group of ²H, ³H, ¹¹C, ¹⁸F, ¹²²I, ¹²³I, ¹²⁵I, ¹³¹I, ⁷⁵Br, ⁷⁶Br, ⁷⁷Br and ⁸²Br. Preferably, the radioactive isotope is selected from the group of ²H, ³H, ¹¹C and ¹⁸F. More preferably, the radioactive isotope is ²H. In particular, deuterated compounds are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

Pharmacology

Protein Tyrosine Kinases (PTK)

The compounds of the invention described herein inhibit or modulate the activity of certain tyrosine kinases, and thus the compounds will be useful in the treatment or prophylaxis, in particular the treatment, of disease states or conditions mediated by those tyrosine kinases, in particular FGFR.

FGFR

The fibroblast growth factor (FGF) family of protein tyrosine kinase (PTK) receptors regulates a diverse array of physiologic functions including mitogenesis, wound healing, cell differentiation and angiogenesis, and development. Both normal and malignant cell growth as well as proliferation are affected by changes in local concentration of FGFs, extracellular signaling molecules which act as autocrine as well as paracrine factors. Autocrine FGF signaling may be particularly important in the progression of steroid hormone-dependent cancers to a hormone independent state. FGFs and their receptors are expressed at increased levels in several tissues and cell lines and overexpression is believed to contribute to the malignant phenotype. Furthermore, a number of oncogenes are homologues of genes encoding growth factor receptors, and there is a potential for aberrant activation of FGF-dependent signaling in human pancreatic cancer (Knights et al., Pharmacology and Therapeutics 2010 125:1 (105-117); Korc M. et al Current Cancer Drug Targets 2009 9:5 (639-651)).

The two prototypic members are acidic fibroblast growth factor (aFGF or FGF1) and basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF or FGF2), and to date, at least twenty distinct FGF family members have been identified. The cellular response to FGFs is transmitted via four types of high affinity transmembrane protein tyrosine-kinase fibroblast growth factor receptors (FGFR) numbered 1 to 4 (FGFR1 to FGFR4).

Disruption of the FGFR1 pathway should affect tumor cell proliferation since this kinase is activated in many tumor types in addition to proliferating endothelial cells. The over-expression and activation of FGFR1 in tumor-associated vasculature has suggested a role for these molecules in tumor angiogenesis.

A recent study has shown a link between FGFR1 expression and tumorigenicity in Classic Lobular Carcinomas (CLC). CLCs account for 10-15% of all breast cancers and, in general, lack p53 and Her2 expression whilst retaining expression of the oestrogen receptor. A gene amplification of 8p12-p11.2 was demonstrated in ˜50% of CLC cases and this was shown to be linked with an increased expression of FGFR1. Preliminary studies with siRNA directed against FGFR1, or a small molecule inhibitor of the receptor, showed cell lines harbouring this amplification to be particularly sensitive to inhibition of this signaling pathway. Rhabdomyosarcoma (RMS) is the most common pediatric soft tissue sarcoma likely results from abnormal proliferation and differentiation during skeletal myogenesis. FGFR1 is over-expressed in primary rhabdomyosarcoma tumors and is associated with hypomethylation of a 5′ CpG island and abnormal expression of the AKT1, NOG, and BMP4 genes.

Fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 has high affinity for the acidic and/or basic fibroblast growth factors, as well as the keratinocyte growth factor ligands. Fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 also propagates the potent osteogenic effects of FGFs during osteoblast growth and differentiation. Mutations in fibroblast growth factor receptor 2, leading to complex functional alterations, were shown to induce abnormal ossification of cranial sutures (craniosynostosis), implying a major role of FGFR signalling in intramembranous bone formation. For example, in Apert (AP) syndrome, characterized by premature cranial suture ossification, most cases are associated with point mutations engendering gain-of-function in fibroblast growth factor receptor 2. In addition, mutation screening in patients with syndromic craniosvnostoses indicates that a number of recurrent FGFR2 mutations accounts for severe forms of Pfeiffer syndrome. Particular mutations of FGFR2 include W290C, D321A, Y340C, C342R, C342S, C342W, N549H, K641R in FGFR2.

Several severe abnormalities in human skeletal development, including Apert, Crouzon, Jackson-Weiss, Beare-Stevenson cutis gyrata, and Pfeiffer syndromes are associated with the occurrence of mutations in fibroblast growth factor receptor 2. Most, if not all, cases of Pfeiffer Syndrome (PS) are also caused by de novo mutation of the fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 gene, and it was recently shown that mutations in fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 break one of the cardinal rules governing ligand specificity. Namely, two mutant splice forms of fibroblast growth factor receptor, FGFR2c and FGFR2b, have acquired the ability to bind to and be activated by atypical FGF ligands. This loss of ligand specificity leads to aberrant signaling and suggests that the severe phenotypes of these disease syndromes result from ectopic ligand-dependent activation of fibroblast growth factor receptor 2.

Genetic aberrations of the FGFR3 receptor tyrosine kinase such as chromosomal translocations or point mutations result in ectopically expressed or deregulated, constitutively active, FGFR3 receptors. Such abnormalities are linked to a subset of multiple myelomas and in bladder, hepatocellular, oral squamous cell carcinoma and cervical carcinomas. Accordingly, FGFR3 inhibitors would be useful in the treatment of multiple myeloma, bladder and cervical carcinomas. FGFR3 is also over-expressed in bladder cancer, in particular invasive bladder cancer. FGFR3 is frequently activated by mutation in urothelial carcinoma (UC). Increased expression was associated with mutation (85% of mutant tumors showed high-level expression) but also 42% of tumors with no detectable mutation showed over-expression, including many muscle-invasive tumors.

Over expression of FGFR4 has been linked to poor prognosis in both prostate and thyroid carcinomas. In addition, a germline polymorphism (Gly388Arg) is associated with increased incidence of lung, breast, colon, liver (HCC) and prostate cancers. In addition, a truncated form of FGFR4 (including the kinase domain) has also been found to be present in 40% of pituitary tumours but not present in normal tissue. FGFR4 overexpression has been observed in liver, colon and lung tumours. FGFR4 has been implicated in colorectal and liver cancer where expression of its ligand FGF19 is frequently elevated.

Fibrotic conditions are a major medical problem resulting from abnormal or excessive deposition of fibrous tissue. This occurs in many diseases, including liver cirrhosis, glomerulonephritis, pulmonary fibrosis, systemic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, as well as the natural process of wound healing. The mechanisms of pathological fibrosis are not fully understood but are thought to result from the actions of various cytokines (including tumor necrosis factor (TNF), fibroblast growth factors (FGF's), platelet derived growth factor (PDGF) and transforming growth factor beta. (TGFβ) involved in the proliferation of fibroblasts and the deposition of extracellular matrix proteins (including collagen and fibronectin). This results in alteration of tissue structure and function and subsequent pathology.

A number of preclinical studies have demonstrated the up-regulation of fibroblast growth factors in preclinical models of lung fibrosis. TGFβ1 and PDGF have been reported to be involved in the fibrogenic process and further published work suggests the elevation of FGF's and consequent increase in fibroblast proliferation, may be in response to elevated TGFβ1. The potential therapeutic benefit of targeting the fibrotic mechanism in conditions such as idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF) is suggested by the reported clinical effect of the anti-fibrotic agent pirfenidone. Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (also referred to as Cryptogenic fibrosing alveolitis) is a progressive condition involving scarring of the lung. Gradually, the air sacs of the lungs become replaced by fibrotic tissue, which becomes thicker, causing an irreversible loss of the tissue's ability to transfer oxygen into the bloodstream. The symptoms of the condition include shortness of breath, chronic dry coughing, fatigue, chest pain and loss of appetite resulting in rapid weight loss. The condition is extremely serious with approximately 50% mortality after 5 years.

As such, the compounds which inhibit FGFR will be useful in providing a means of preventing the growth or inducing apoptosis in tumours, particularly by inhibiting angiogenesis. It is therefore anticipated that the compounds will prove useful in treating or preventing proliferative disorders such as cancers. In particular tumours with activating mutants of receptor tyrosine kinases or upregulation of receptor tyrosine kinases may be particularly sensitive to the inhibitors. Patients with activating mutants of any of the isoforms of the specific RTKs discussed herein may also find treatment with RTK inhibitors particularly beneficial.

As indicated hereinabove, a variety of FGFR inhibitors are in clinic trials and have shown clinic response in patients with FGFR aberrations. However, it has been reported that mutations affecting amino acids in FGFR, e.g. FGFR1, 2 or 3, may cause resistance to FGFR inhibitors or decrease sensitivity to FGFR inhibitors. The development of secondary FGFR kinase domain mutations upon treatment with FGFR inhibitors are an important mechanism of acquired resistance to FGFR inhibition. Equivalent FGFR point mutations exist also de novo in cancers. Gatekeeper mutations have been reported as one of the major mechanism leading to resistance to tyrosine kinase inhibitors. Gatekeeper mutations include FGFR3 V555L/V555M, FGFR1 V561M, FGFR2 V564F/V564W/V564M and FGFR4 V550L. FGFR resistant mutations have been reported in clinic trials and in vitro cellular systems. Therefore new (second generation) FGFR inhibitors are needed to overcome clinical acquired resistance to first generation FGFR inhibitor therapy and to maintain the FGFR inhibiting activity against the primary activating FGFR mutations at the same time.

It was found that the compounds of the invention show activity against wild type FGFRs, in particular FGFR1, 2, 3 or 4, more in particular FGFR3, but also against mutated FGFRs, in particular against FGFRs harboring gatekeeper mutations or against mutated FGFR1 or mutated FGFR2 or mutated FGFR3, in particular against FGFR3 V555L, FGFR3 V555M, FGFR1 V561M and FGFR2 V564, particularly against FGFR3 V555L and FGFR3 V555M.

Biological Activity and Therapeutic Uses

The compounds of the invention, and subgroups thereof, have fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) inhibiting or modulating activity and will be useful in preventing or treating, in particular treating disease states or conditions described herein. In addition, the compounds of the invention, and subgroups thereof, will be useful in preventing or treating, in particular treating diseases or condition mediated by the kinases. References to the preventing or prophylaxis or treatment of a disease state or condition such as cancer include within their scope alleviating or reducing the incidence of cancer.

In an embodiment, compounds of formula (I) are ATP-competitive inhibitors of FGFR kinase.

As used herein, the term “modulation”, as applied to the activity of a kinase, is intended to define a change in the level of biological activity of the protein kinase. Thus, modulation encompasses physiological changes which effect an increase or decrease in the relevant protein kinase activity. In the latter case, the modulation may be described as “inhibition”. The modulation may arise directly or indirectly, and may be mediated by any mechanism and at any physiological level, including for example at the level of gene expression (including for example transcription, translation and/or post-translational modification), at the level of expression of genes encoding regulatory elements which act directly or indirectly on the levels of kinase activity. Thus, modulation may imply elevated/suppressed expression or over- or under-expression of a kinase, including gene amplification (i.e. multiple gene copies) and/or increased or decreased expression by a transcriptional effect, as well as hyper- (or hypo-)activity and (de)activation of the protein kinase(s) (including (de)activation) by mutation(s). The terms “modulated”, “modulating” and “modulate” are to be interpreted accordingly.

As used herein, the term “mediated”, as used e.g. in conjunction with a kinase as described herein (and applied for example to various physiological processes, diseases, states, conditions, therapies, treatments or interventions) is intended to operate limitatively so that the various processes, diseases, states, conditions, treatments and interventions to which the term is applied are those in which the kinase plays a biological role. In cases where the term is applied to a disease state or condition, the biological role played by a kinase may be direct or indirect and may be necessary and/or sufficient for the manifestation of the symptoms of the disease state or condition (or its aetiology or progression). Thus, kinase activity (and in particular aberrant levels of kinase activity, e.g. kinase over-expression) need not necessarily be the proximal cause of the disease state or condition: rather, it is contemplated that the kinase mediated diseases, states or conditions include those having multifactorial aetiologies and complex progressions in which the kinase in question is only partially involved. In cases where the term is applied to treatment, prophylaxis or intervention, the role played by the kinase may be direct or indirect and may be necessary and/or sufficient for the operation of the treatment, prophylaxis or outcome of the intervention. Thus, a disease state or condition mediated by a kinase includes the development of resistance to any particular cancer drug or treatment.

Thus, for example, the compounds of the invention may be useful in alleviating or reducing the incidence of cancer.

More particularly, the compounds of the formulae (I) and sub-groups thereof are inhibitors of FGFRs. For example, compounds of the invention have activity against FGFR1, FGFR2, FGFR3, and/or FGFR4, and in particular against FGFR1, 2 and 3. More in particular compounds of the present invention show activity against wild type FGFRs and/or against mutated FGFRs, in particular FGFRs with point mutations, more in particular against gatekeeper mutations. Gatekeeper mutations include FGFR3 V555L/V555M, FGFR1 V561M, FGFR2 V564F/V564I/V564M and FGFR4 V550L. In particular the compounds of the present invention show activity against gatekeeper mutated FGFR1, FGFR2 and FGFR3, more in particular against FGFR3 V555L, FGFR3 V555M, FGFR1 V561M and FGFR2 V564I, in particular against FGFR3 V555L and FGFR3 V555M.

Diagnosis of tumours with mutations could be performed using techniques known to a person skilled in the art and as described herein such as RT-PCR and FISH.

Examples of cancers which may be treated (or inhibited) include, but are not limited to, a carcinoma, for example a carcinoma of the bladder, breast, colon (e.g. colorectal carcinomas such as colon adenocarcinoma and colon adenoma), kidney, urothelial, uterus, epidermis, liver, lung (for example small cell lung cancer and non-small cell lung carcinomas (e.g. adenocarcinoma and squamous cell carcinoma)), oesophagus, head and neck, gall bladder, ovary, pancreas (e.g. exocrine pancreatic carcinoma), stomach, gastrointestinal (also known as gastric) cancer (e.g. gastrointestinal stromal tumours), cervix, endometrium, thyroid, prostate, or skin (for example squamous cell carcinoma or dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans); pituitary cancer, a hematopoietic tumour of lymphoid lineage, for example leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma (e.g. diffuse large B-cell lymphoma), T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma, or Burkett's lymphoma; a hematopoietic tumour of myeloid lineage, for example leukemias, acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), myeloproliferative disorder, myeloproliferative syndrome, myelodysplastic syndrome, or promyelocytic leukemia; multiple myeloma; thyroid follicular cancer; hepatocellular cancer, a tumour of mesenchymal origin (e.g. Ewing's sarcoma), for example fibrosarcoma or rhabdomyosarcoma; a tumour of the central or peripheral nervous system, for example astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma (such as glioblastoma multiforme) or schwannoma; melanoma; seminoma; teratocarcinoma; osteosarcoma; xeroderma pigmentosum; keratoctanthoma; thyroid follicular cancer; or Kaposi's sarcoma. In particular, squamous lung cancer, breast cancer, colorectal cancer, glioblastoma, astrocytomas, prostate cancer, small cell lung cancer, melanoma, head and neck cancer, thyroid cancer, uterine cancer, gastric cancer, hepatocellular cancer, cervix cancer, multiple myeloma, bladder cancer, endometrial cancer, urothelial cancer, colon cancer, rhabdomyosarcoma, pituitary gland cancer, cholangiocarcinoma.

Examples of cancers which may be treated (or inhibited) include, but are not limited to, bladder cancer, urothelial cancer, metastatic urothelial cancer, surgically unresectable urothelial cancer, breast cancer, glioblastoma, lung cancer, non small cell lung cancer, squamous cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung, pulmonary adenocarcinoma, small cell lung cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, cervical cancer, soft tissue sarcoma, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, gastric cancer, oesophageal cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of the oesophagus, adenocarcinoma of the oesophagus, cholangiocarcinoma, hepatocellular carcinoma.

Certain cancers are resistant to treatment with particular drugs. This can be due to the type of the tumour or can arise due to treatment with the compound. In this regard, references to multiple myeloma includes bortezomib sensitive multiple myeloma or refractory multiple myeloma. Similarly, references to chronic myelogenous leukemia includes imitanib sensitive chronic myelogenous leukemia and refractory chronic myelogenous leukemia. Chronic myelogenous leukemia is also known as chronic myeloid leukemia, chronic granulocytic leukemia or CML. Likewise, acute myelogenous leukemia, is also called acute myeloblastic leukemia, acute granulocytic leukemia, acute nonlymphocytic leukaemia or AML.

The compounds of the invention can also be used in the treatment of hematopoetic diseases of abnormal cell proliferation whether pre-malignant or stable such as myeloproliferative diseases. Myeloproliferative diseases (“MPD”s) are a group of diseases of the bone marrow in which excess cells are produced. They are related to, and may evolve into, myelodysplastic syndrome. Myeloproliferative diseases include polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia and primary myelofibrosis. A further haematological disorder is hypereosinophilic syndrome. T-cell lymphoproliferative diseases include those derived from natural Killer cells.

In addition, the compounds of the invention can be used to treat gastrointestinal (also known as gastric) cancer e.g. gastrointestinal stromal tumours. Gastrointestinal cancer refers to malignant conditions of the gastrointestinal tract, including the esophagus, stomach, liver, biliary system, pancreas, bowels, and anus.

Thus, in the pharmaceutical compositions, uses or methods of this invention for treating a disease or condition comprising abnormal cell growth, the disease or condition comprising abnormal cell growth in one embodiment is a cancer.

Particular subsets of cancers include multiple myeloma, bladder, cervical, prostate, thyroid, lung, breast, and colon cancers.

A further subset of cancers includes multiple myeloma, bladder, hepatocellular, oral squamous cell carcinoma and cervical carcinomas.

The compounds of the invention, having FGFR such as FGFR1 inhibitory activity, may be particularly useful in the treatment or prevention of breast cancer in particular Classic Lobular Carcinomas (CLC) and lung cancer with FGFR1 amplification or FGFR1 mutations.

As the compounds of the invention have FGFR4 activity they will also be useful in the treatment of prostate or pituitary cancers, or they will be useful in the treatment of breast cancer, lung cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer (HCC) or lung cancer.

In particular the compounds of the invention as FGFR inhibitors, are useful in the treatment of multiple myeloma, myeloproliferative disorders, endometrial cancer, prostate cancer, bladder cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer, and oral squamous cell carcinoma.

Further subsets of cancer are multiple myeloma, endometrial cancer, bladder cancer, cervical cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, colorectal cancer and thyroid carcinomas.

In particular the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of multiple myeloma (in particular multiple myeloma with t(4;14) translocation or overexpressing FGFR3), prostate cancer (hormone refractory prostrate carcinomas), endometrial cancer (in particular endometrial tumours with activating mutations in FGFR2) and breast cancer (in particular lobular breast cancer).

In particular the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of cholangiocarcinoma, in particular cholangiocarcinoma with FGFR translocations and mutations, or FGF19 amplifications.

In particular the compounds are useful in the treatment of lobular carcinomas such as CLC (Classic lobular carcinoma).

As the compounds have activity against FGFR3 they will be useful in the treatment of multiple myeloma and bladder cancer.

In particular, the compounds have activity against tumours with FGFR3-TACC3 translocation, in particular bladder or brain tumours with FGFR3-TACC3 translocation.

In particular the compounds are useful for the treatment of t(4;14) translocation positive multiple myeloma.

In one embodiment the compounds may be useful for the treatment of sarcoma. In one embodiment the compounds may be useful for the treatment of lung cancer, e.g. squamous cell carcinoma.

As the compounds have activity against FGFR2 they will be useful in the treatment of endometrial, ovarian, gastric, hepatocellular, uterine, cervix and colorectal cancers. FGFR2 is also overexpressed in epithelial ovarian cancer, therefore the compounds of the invention may be specifically useful in treating ovarian cancer such as epithelial ovarian cancer.

In one embodiment, the compounds may be useful for the treatment of lung cancer, in particular NSCLC (non small cell lung cancer), squamous cell carcinoma, liver cancer, kidney cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, prostate cancer.

The cancers may be cancers which are sensitive to inhibition of any one or more FGFRs selected from FGFR1, FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, for example, one or more FGFRs selected from FGFR1, FGFR2 or FGFR3.

Whether or not a particular cancer is one which is sensitive to inhibition of FGFR signaling may be determined by means of a cell growth assay as set out below or by a method as set out in the section headed “Methods of Diagnosis”.

The compounds of the invention may be particularly useful in the treatment or prevention of cancers of a type associated with or characterized by the presence of elevated levels of FGFR.

The compounds of the invention may be useful in treating other conditions which result from disorders in proliferation such as type II or non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, autoimmune diseases, head trauma, stroke, epilepsy, neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer's, motor neuron disease, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration and Pick's disease for example autoimmune diseases and neurodegenerative diseases.

One sub-group of disease states and conditions that the compounds of the invention may be useful consists of inflammatory diseases, cardiovascular diseases and wound healing.

FGFR is also known to play a role in apoptosis, angiogenesis, proliferation, differentiation and transcription and therefore the compounds of the invention could also be useful in the treatment of the following diseases other than cancer; chronic inflammatory diseases, for example systemic lupus erythematosus, autoimmune mediated glomerulonephritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, autoimmune diabetes mellitus, Eczema hypersensitivity reactions, asthma, COPD, rhinitis, and upper respiratory tract disease; cardiovascular diseases for example cardiac hypertrophy, restenosis, atherosclerosis; neurodegenerative disorders, for example Alzheimer's disease, AIDS-related dementia, Parkinson's disease, amyotropic lateral sclerosis, retinitis pigmentosa, spinal muscular atrophy and cerebellar degeneration; glomerulonephritis; myelodysplastic syndromes, ischemic injury associated myocardial infarctions, stroke and reperfusion injury, arrhythmia, atherosclerosis, toxin-induced or alcohol related liver diseases, haematological diseases, for example, chronic anemia and aplastic anemia; degenerative diseases of the musculoskeletal system, for example, osteoporosis and arthritis, aspirin-sensitive rhinosinusitis, cystic fibrosis, multiple sclerosis, kidney diseases and cancer pain.

In addition, mutations of FGFR2 are associated with several severe abnormalities in human skeletal development and thus the compounds of invention could be useful in the treatment of abnormalities in human skeletal development, including abnormal ossification of cranial sutures (craniosynostosis), Apert (AP) syndrome, Crouzon syndrome, Jackson-Weiss syndrome, Beare-Stevenson cutis gyrate syndrome, and Pfeiffer syndrome.

The compound of the invention, having FGFR such as FGFR2 or FGFR3 inhibitory activity, may be particularly useful in the treatment or prevention of the skeletal diseases. Particular skeletal diseases are achondroplasia or thanatophoric dwarfism (also known as thanatophoric dysplasia).

The compound of the invention, having FGFR such as FGFR1, FGFR2 or FGFR3 inhibitory activity, may be particularly useful in the treatment or prevention in pathologies in which progressive fibrosis is a symptom. Fibrotic conditions in which the compounds of the inventions may be useful in the treatment of include diseases exhibiting abnormal or excessive deposition of fibrous tissue for example in liver cirrhosis, glomerulonephritis, pulmonary fibrosis, systemic fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, as well as the natural process of wound healing. In particular, the compounds of the inventions may also be useful in the treatment of lung fibrosis in particular in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis.

The over-expression and activation of FGFR and VEGFR in tumor-associated vasculature has also suggested a role for compounds of the invention in preventing and disrupting initiation of tumor angiogenesis. In particular the compounds of the invention may be useful in the treatment of cancer, metastasis, leukemia's such as CLL, ocular diseases such as age-related macular degeneration in particular wet form of age-related macular degeneration, ischemic proliferative retinopathies such as retinopathy of prematurity (ROP) and diabetic retinopathy, rheumatoid arthritis and hemangioma.

The activity of the compounds of the invention as inhibitors of FGFR1-4, in particular point mutated FGFR3, such as for example FGFR3 V555L and FGFR3 V555M, can be measured using the assays set forth in the examples below and the level of activity exhibited by a given compound can be defined in terms of the IC₅₀ value. Preferred compounds of the present invention are compounds having an IC₅₀ value of less than 1 μM, more preferably less than 0.1 μM, less than 0.01 μM, or less than 0.001 μM.

The invention provides compounds that have FGFR inhibiting or modulating activity, and which may be useful in preventing or treating disease states or conditions mediated by FGFR kinases.

In one embodiment, there is provided a compound as defined herein for use in therapy, for use as a medicine. In a further embodiment, there is provided a compound as defined herein for use in the prophylaxis or treatment, in particular in the treatment, of a disease state or condition mediated by a FGFR kinase.

Thus, for example, the compounds of the invention may be useful in alleviating or reducing the incidence of cancer. Therefore, in a further embodiment, there is provided a compound as defined herein for use in the prophylaxis or treatment, in particular the treatment, of cancer. In one embodiment, the compound as defined herein is for use in the prophylaxis or treatment, in particular the treatment, of FGFR-dependent cancer. In one embodiment, the compound as defined herein is for use in the prophylaxis or treatment, in particular the treatment, of cancer mediated by FGFR kinases.

Accordingly, the invention provides inter alia:

-   -   A method for the prophylaxis or treatment of a disease state or         condition mediated by a FGFR kinase, which method comprises         administering to a subject in need thereof a compound of the         formula (I) as defined herein.     -   A method for the prophylaxis or treatment of a disease state or         condition as described herein, which method comprises         administering to a subject in need thereof a compound of the         formula (I) as defined herein.     -   A method for the prophylaxis or treatment of cancer, which         method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a         compound of the formula (I) as defined herein, in particular a         cancer harboring gatekeeper mutated FGFR1, FGFR2 or FGFR3, more         in particular a cancer harboring FGFR3 V555L, FGFR3 V555M, FGFR1         V561M or FGFR2 V564I, in particular FGFR3 V555L or FGFR3 V555M.         In an embodiment the cancer harbors in addition to a gatekeeper         mutated FGFR1, FGFR2 or FGFR3, one or more other FGFR         aberrations, such as for instance one or more FGFR mutations or         one or more FGFR translocations, such as those defined herein.     -   A method for alleviating or reducing the incidence of a disease         state or condition mediated by a FGFR kinase, which method         comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a compound         of the formula (I) as defined herein.     -   A method of inhibiting a FGFR kinase, which method comprises         contacting the kinase with a kinase-inhibiting compound of the         formula (I) as defined herein.     -   A method of modulating a cellular process (for example cell         division) by inhibiting the activity of a FGFR kinase using a         compound of the formula (I) as defined herein.     -   A compound of formula (I) as defined herein for use as a         modulator of a cellular process (for example cell division) by         inhibiting the activity of a FGFR kinase.     -   A compound of formula (I) as defined herein for use in the         prophylaxis or treatment of cancer, in particular the treatment         of cancer, in particular a cancer harboring gatekeeper mutated         FGFR1, FGFR2 or FGFR3, more in particular a cancer harboring         FGFR3 V555L, FGFR3 V555M, FGFR1 V561M or FGFR2 V564I, in         particular FGFR3 V555L or FGFR3 V555M. In an embodiment the         cancer harbors in addition to a gatekeeper mutated FGFR1, FGFR2         or FGFR3, one or more other FGFR aberrations, such as for         instance one or more FGFR mutations or one or more FGFR         translocations, such as those defined herein.     -   A compound of formula (I) as defined herein for use as a         modulator (e.g. inhibitor) of FGFR.     -   Use of a compound of formula (I) as defined herein for the         manufacture of a medicament for the prophylaxis or treatment, in         particular the treatment, of a disease state or condition         mediated by a FGFR kinase, the compound having the formula (I)         as defined herein.     -   Use of a compound of formula (I) as defined herein for the         manufacture of a medicament for the prophylaxis or treatment of         a disease state or condition as described herein.     -   Use of a compound of formula (I) as defined herein for the         manufacture of a medicament for the prophylaxis or treatment, in         particular the treatment, of cancer, in particular a cancer         harboring gatekeeper mutated FGFR1, FGFR2 or FGFR3, more in         particular a cancer harboring FGFR3 V555L, FGFR3 V555M, FGFR1         V561M or FGFR2 V564I, in particular FGFR3 V555L or FGFR3 V555M.         In an embodiment the cancer harbors in addition to a gatekeeper         mutated FGFR1, FGFR2 or FGFR3, one or more other FGFR         aberrations, such as for instance one or more FGFR mutations or         one or more FGFR translocations, such as those defined herein.     -   Use of a compound of formula (I) as defined herein for the         manufacture of a medicament for modulating (e.g. inhibiting) the         activity of FGFR     -   Use of a compound of formula (I) as defined herein in the         manufacture of a medicament for modulating a cellular process         (for example cell division) by inhibiting the activity of a FGFR         kinase.     -   Use of a compound of the formula (I) as defined herein for the         manufacture of a medicament for prophylaxis or treatment of a         disease or condition characterized by up-regulation of a FGFR         kinase (e.g. FGFR1 or FGFR2 or FGFR3 or FGFR4).     -   Use of a compound of the formula (I) as defined herein for the         manufacture of a medicament for the prophylaxis or treatment of         a cancer, the cancer being one which is characterized by         up-regulation of a FGFR kinase (e.g. FGFR1 or FGFR2 or FGFR3 or         FGFR4).     -   Use of a compound of the formula (I) as defined herein for the         manufacture of a medicament for the prophylaxis or treatment of         cancer in a patient selected from a sub-population possessing a         genetic aberrations of FGFR3 kinase.     -   Use of a compound of the formula (I) as defined herein for the         manufacture of a medicament for the prophylaxis or treatment of         cancer in a patient who has been diagnosed as forming part of a         sub-population possessing a genetic aberrations of FGFR3 kinase.     -   A method for the prophylaxis or treatment of a disease or         condition characterized by up-regulation of a FGFR kinase (e.g.         FGFR1 or FGFR2 or FGFR3 or FGFR4), the method comprising         administering a compound of the formula (I) as defined herein.     -   A method for alleviating or reducing the incidence of a disease         or condition characterized by up-regulation of a FGFR kinase         (e.g. FGFR1 or FGFR2 or FGFR3 or FGFR4), the method comprising         administering a compound of the formula (I) as defined herein.     -   A method for the prophylaxis or treatment of (or alleviating or         reducing the incidence of) cancer in a patient suffering from or         suspected of suffering from cancer; which method comprises (i)         subjecting a patient to a diagnostic test to determine whether         the patient possesses a genetic aberrations of FGFR3 gene;         and (ii) where the patient does possess the said variant,         thereafter administering to the patient a compound of the         formula (I) as defined herein having FGFR3 kinase inhibiting         activity.     -   A method for the prophylaxis or treatment of (or alleviating or         reducing the incidence of) a disease state or condition         characterized by up-regulation of an FGFR kinase (e.g. FGFR1 or         FGFR2 or FGFR3 or FGFR4); which method comprises (i) subjecting         a patient to a diagnostic test to detect a marker characteristic         of up-regulation of a FGFR kinase (e.g. FGFR1 or FGFR2 or FGFR3         or FGFR4) and (ii) where the diagnostic test is indicative of         up-regulation of a FGFR kinase, thereafter administering to the         patient a compound of the formula (I) as defined herein having         FGFR kinase inhibiting activity.

In one embodiment, the disease mediated by FGFR kinases is an oncology related disease (e.g. cancer). In one embodiment, the disease mediated by FGFR kinases is a non-oncology related disease (e.g. any disease disclosed herein excluding cancer). In one embodiment the disease mediated by FGFR kinases is a condition described herein. In one embodiment the disease mediated by FGFR kinases is a skeletal condition described herein. Particular abnormalities in human skeletal development, include abnormal ossification of cranial sutures (craniosynostosis), Apert (AP) syndrome, Crouzon syndrome, Jackson-Weiss syndrome, Beare-Stevenson cutis gyrate syndrome, Pfeiffer syndrome, achondroplasia and thanatophoric dwarfism (also known as thanatophoric dysplasia).

Mutated Kinases

As indicated hereinabove, drug resistant kinase mutations can arise in patient populations treated with kinase inhibitors. These occur, in part, in the regions of the protein that bind to or interact with the particular inhibitor used in therapy. Such mutations reduce or increase the capacity of the inhibitor to bind to and inhibit the kinase in question. This can occur at any of the amino acid residues which interact with the inhibitor or are important for supporting the binding of said inhibitor to the target. An inhibitor that binds to a target kinase without requiring the interaction with the mutated amino acid residue will likely be unaffected by the mutation and will remain an effective inhibitor of the enzyme.

A study in gastric cancer patient samples showed the presence of two mutations in FGFR2, Ser167Pro in exon IIIa and a splice site mutation 940-2A-G in exon IIIc. These mutations are identical to the germline activating mutations that cause craniosynotosis syndromes and were observed in 13% of primary gastric cancer tissues studied. In addition, activating mutations in FGFR3 were observed in 5% of the patient samples tested and overexpression of FGFRs has been correlated with a poor prognosis in this patient group.

In addition, there are chromosomal translocations or point mutations that have been observed in FGFR which give rise to gain-of-function, over-expressed, or constitutively active biological states.

The compounds of the invention would therefore find particular application in relation to cancers which express a mutated molecular target such as FGFR. Diagnosis of tumours with such mutations could be performed using techniques known to a person skilled in the art and as described herein such as RT-PCR and FISH.

It has been suggested that mutations of a conserved threonine residue at the ATP binding site of FGFR would result in inhibitor resistance. The amino acid valine 561 has been mutated to a methionine in FGFR1 which corresponds to previously reported mutations found in Abl (T315) and EGFR (T766) that have been shown to confer resistance to selective inhibitors. Assay data for FGFR1 V561M showed that this mutation conferred resistance to a tyrosine kinase inhibitor compared to that of the wild type. Other mutations that have been found are gatekeeper mutations FGFR3 V555L/V555M, FGFR1 V561M, FGFR2 V564F/V564I/V564M and FGFR4 V550L. The compounds of the invention are specifically active against gatekeeper mutations, in particular against FGFR3 V555L, FGFR3 V555M, FGFR1 V561M and FGFR2 V564I, particularly against FGFR3 V555L and FGFR3 V555M.

The compounds of the present invention may be useful for the treatment of the adult population. The compounds of the present invention may be useful for the treatment of the pediatric population.

Methods of Diagnosis

Prior to administration of a compound of the formula (I), a patient may be screened to determine whether a disease or condition from which the patient is or may be suffering is one which would be susceptible to treatment with a compound having activity against FGFR, in particular FGFR harboring point mutations, in particular FGFR gatekeeper mutations such as for example FGFR3 V555L, FGFR3 V555M, FGFR1 V561M and FGFR2 V564I, in particular FGFR3 V555L and FGFR3 V555M. In an embodiment the cancer harbors in addition to a FGFR gatekeeper mutation, in particular a gatekeeper mutated FGFR1, FGFR2 or FGFR3, such as for example FGFR3 V555L, FGFR3 V555M, FGFR1 V561M and FGFR2 V564I, in particular FGFR3 V555L and FGFR3 V555M, one or more other FGFR aberrations, such as for instance one or more FGFR mutations or one or more FGFR translocations, such as those defined herein.

For example, a biological sample taken from a patient may be analysed to determine whether a condition or disease, such as cancer, that the patient is or may be suffering from is one which is characterized by a genetic abnormality or abnormal protein expression which leads to up-regulation of the levels or activity of FGFR or to sensitisation of a pathway to normal FGFR activity, or to upregulation of these growth factor signaling pathways such as growth factor ligand levels or growth factor ligand activity or to upregulation of a biochemical pathway downstream of FGFR activation.

Examples of such abnormalities that result in activation or sensitisation of the FGFR signal include loss of, or inhibition of apoptotic pathways, up-regulation of the receptors or ligands, or presence of mutant variants of the receptors or ligands e.g PTK variants. Tumours with mutants of FGFR1, FGFR2 or FGFR3 or FGFR4 or up-regulation, in particular over-expression of FGFR1, or gain-of-function mutants of FGFR2 or FGFR3 may be particularly sensitive to FGFR inhibitors.

For example, point mutations engendering gain-of-function in FGFR2 have been identified in a number of conditions. In particular activating mutations in FGFR2 have been identified in 10% of endometrial tumours.

In addition, genetic aberrations of the FGFR3 receptor tyrosine kinase such as chromosomal translocations or point mutations resulting in ectopically expressed or deregulated, constitutively active, FGFR3 receptors have been identified and are linked to a subset of multiple myelomas, bladder and cervical carcinomas. A particular mutation T674I of the PDGF receptor has been identified in imatinib-treated patients. In addition, a gene amplification of 8p12-p11.2 was demonstrated in ˜50% of lobular breast cancer (CLC) cases and this was shown to be linked with an increased expression of FGFR1. Preliminary studies with siRNA directed against FGFR1, or a small molecule inhibitor of the receptor, showed cell lines harbouring this amplification to be particularly sensitive to inhibition of this signalling pathway.

Alternatively, a biological sample taken from a patient may be analysed for loss of a negative regulator or suppressor of FGFR. In the present context, the term “loss” embraces the deletion of a gene encoding the regulator or suppressor, the truncation of the gene (for example by mutation), the truncation of the transcribed product of the gene, or the inactivation of the transcribed product (e.g. by point mutation) or sequestration by another gene product.

The term up-regulation includes elevated expression or over-expression, including gene amplification (i.e. multiple gene copies) and increased expression by a transcriptional effect, and hyperactivity and activation, including activation by mutations. Thus, the patient may be subjected to a diagnostic test to detect a marker characteristic of up-regulation of FGFR. The term diagnosis includes screening. By marker we include genetic markers including, for example, the measurement of DNA composition to identify mutations of FGFR. The term marker also includes markers which are characteristic of up regulation of FGFR, including enzyme activity, enzyme levels, enzyme state (e.g. phosphorylated or not) and mRNA levels of the aforementioned proteins.

The diagnostic tests and screens are typically conducted on a biological sample selected from tumour biopsy samples, blood samples (isolation and enrichment of shed tumour cells), stool biopsies, sputum, chromosome analysis, pleural fluid, peritoneal fluid, buccal spears, biopsy or urine.

Methods of identification and analysis of mutations and up-regulation of proteins are known to a person skilled in the art. Screening methods could include, but are not limited to, standard methods such as reverse-transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) or in-situ hybridization such as fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH).

Identification of an individual carrying a mutation in FGFR may mean that the patient would be particularly suitable for treatment with a FGFR inhibitor. Tumours may preferentially be screened for presence of a FGFR variant prior to treatment. The screening process will typically involve direct sequencing, oligonucleotide microarray analysis, or a mutant specific antibody. In addition, diagnosis of tumours with such mutations could be performed using techniques known to a person skilled in the art and as described herein such as RT-PCR and FISH.

In addition, mutant forms of, for example FGFR, can be identified by direct sequencing of, for example, tumour biopsies using PCR and methods to sequence PCR products directly as hereinbefore described. The skilled artisan will recognize that all such well-known techniques for detection of the over expression, activation or mutations of the aforementioned proteins could be applicable in the present case.

In screening by RT-PCR, the level of mRNA in the tumour is assessed by creating a cDNA copy of the mRNA followed by amplification of the cDNA by PCR. Methods of PCR amplification, the selection of primers, and conditions for amplification, are known to a person skilled in the art. Nucleic acid manipulations and PCR are carried out by standard methods, as described for example in Ausubel, F. M. et al., eds. (2004) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons Inc., or Innis, M. A. et al., eds. (1990) PCR Protocols: a guide to methods and applications, Academic Press, San Diego. Reactions and manipulations involving nucleic acid techniques are also described in Sambrook et al., (2001), 3^(rd) Ed, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. Alternatively a commercially available kit for RT-PCR (for example Roche Molecular Biochemicals) may be used, or methodology as set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,666,828; 4,683,202; 4,801,531; 5,192,659, 5,272,057, 5,882,864, and 6,218,529 and incorporated herein by reference. An example of an in-situ hybridisation technique for assessing mRNA expression would be fluorescence in-situ hybridisation (FISH) (see Angerer (1987) Meth. Enzymol., 152: 649).

Generally, in situ hybridization comprises the following major steps: (1) fixation of tissue to be analyzed; (2) prehybridization treatment of the sample to increase accessibility of target nucleic acid, and to reduce nonspecific binding; (3) hybridization of the mixture of nucleic acids to the nucleic acid in the biological structure or tissue; (4) post-hybridization washes to remove nucleic acid fragments not bound in the hybridization, and (5) detection of the hybridized nucleic acid fragments. The probes used in such applications are typically labelled, for example, with radioisotopes or fluorescent reporters. Preferred probes are sufficiently long, for example, from about 50, 100, or 200 nucleotides to about 1000 or more nucleotides, to enable specific hybridization with the target nucleic acid(s) under stringent conditions. Standard methods for carrying out FISH are described in Ausubel, F. M. et al., eds. (2004) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons Inc and Fluorescence In Situ Hybridization: Technical Overview by John M. S. Bartlett in Molecular Diagnosis of Cancer, Methods and Protocols, 2nd ed.; ISBN: 1-59259-760-2; March 2004, pps. 077-088; Series: Methods in Molecular Medicine.

Methods for gene expression profiling are described by (DePrimo et al. (2003), BMC Cancer, 3:3). Briefly, the protocol is as follows: double-stranded cDNA is synthesized from total RNA Using a (dT)24 oligomer for priming first-strand cDNA synthesis, followed by second strand cDNA synthesis with random hexamer primers. The double-stranded cDNA is used as a template for in vitro transcription of cRNA using biotinylated ribonucleotides. cRNA is chemically fragmented according to protocols described by Affymetrix (Santa Clara, Calif., USA), and then hybridized overnight on Human Genome Arrays.

Alternatively, the protein products expressed from the mRNAs may be assayed by immunohistochemistry of tumour samples, solid phase immunoassay with microtitre plates, Western blotting, 2-dimensional SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, ELISA, flow cytometry and other methods known in the art for detection of specific proteins. Detection methods would include the use of site specific antibodies. The skilled person will recognize that all such well-known techniques for detection of upregulation of FGFR or detection of FGFR variants or mutants could be applicable in the present case.

Abnormal levels of proteins such as FGFR can be measured using standard enzyme assays, for example, those assays described herein. Activation or overexpression could also be detected in a tissue sample, for example, a tumour tissue. By measuring the tyrosine kinase activity with an assay such as that from Chemicon International. The tyrosine kinase of interest would be immunoprecipitated from the sample lysate and its activity measured.

Alternative methods for the measurement of the over expression or activation of FGFR including the isoforms thereof, include the measurement of microvessel density. This can for example be measured using methods described by Orre and Rogers (Int J Cancer (1999), 84(2) 101-8).

Therefore, all of these techniques could also be used to identify tumours particularly suitable for treatment with the compounds of the invention.

The compounds of the invention are particular useful in treatment of a patient having a mutated FGFR. The G697C mutation in FGFR3 is observed in 62% of oral squamous cell carcinomas and causes constitutive activation of the kinase activity. Activating mutations of FGFR3 have also been identified in bladder carcinoma cases. These mutations were of 6 kinds with varying degrees of prevalence: R248C, S249C, G372C, S373C, Y375C, K652Q. In addition, a Gly388Arg polymorphism in FGFR4 has been found to be associated with increased incidence and aggressiveness of prostate, colon, lung, liver (HCC) and breast cancer. The compounds of the invention are particularly useful in the treatment of a patient having a FGFR3-TACC3 translocation.

Therefore, in a further aspect the invention includes use of a compound according to the invention for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease state or condition in a patient who has been screened and has been determined as suffering from, or being at risk of suffering from, a disease or condition which would be susceptible to treatment with a compound having activity against FGFR.

Particular mutations a patient is screened for include G697C, R248C, S249C, G372C, S373C, Y373C, K652Q mutations in FGFR3 and Gly388Arg polymorphism in FGFR4, in particular FGFR3 R248C, FGFR3 S249C, FGFR3 G370C, or FGFR3 Y373C.

Particular mutations a patient is screened for include in particular FGFR gatekeeper mutations. Gatekeeper mutations include FGFR3 V555U/V555M, FGFR1 V561M, FGFR2 V564F/V564I/V564M and FGFR4 V550L. Particular mutations a patient is screened for include FGFR3 V555L, FGFR3 V555M, FGFR1 V561M and FGFR2 V564I, in particular FGFR3 V555L and FGFR3 V555M.

In another aspect, the invention includes a compound of the invention for use in the prophylaxis or treatment of cancer in a patient selected from a sub-population possessing a variant of the FGFR gene (for example G697C mutation in FGFR3 and Gly388Arg polymorphism in FGFR4).

The compounds of the invention are particular useful in the treatment of a patient having a FGFR fusion or translocation, in particular FGFR3:TACC3 v1; FGFR3:TACC3 v3; FGFR3:TACC3 Intron; FGFR3:BAIAP2L1; FGFR2:AFF3; FGFR2:BICC1; FGFR2:CASP7; FGFR2:CCDC6; and FGFR2:OFD1. The following abbreviations are used: FGFR (fibroblast growth factor receptor); FGFR3:TACC3 (fusion between genes encoding FGFR3 and transforming acidic coiled-coil containing protein 3); FGFR3:BAIAP2L1 (fusion between genes encoding FGFR3 and brain-specific angiogenesis inhibitor 1-associated protein 2-like protein 1); FGFR2:AFF3 (fusion between genes encoding FGFR2 and AF4/FMR2 family, member 3); FGFR2:BICC1 (fusion between genes encoding FGFR2 and bicaudal C homolog 1); FGFR2: CASP7 (fusion between genes encoding FGFR2 and caspase 7); FGFR2:CCDC6 (fusion between genes encoding FGFR2 and coiled-coil domain containing 6); FGFR2:OFD1 (fusion between genes encoding FGFR2 and oral-facial-digital syndrome 1).

Pharmaceutical Compositions and Combinations

In view of their useful pharmacological properties, the subject compounds may be formulated into various pharmaceutical forms for administration purposes.

In one embodiment the pharmaceutical composition (e.g. formulation) comprises at least one active compound of the invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier which may include adjuvants, excipients, diluents, fillers, buffers, stabilisers, preservatives, lubricants, or other materials well known to those skilled in the art and optionally other therapeutic or prophylactic agents.

To prepare the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention, an effective amount of a compound of the present invention, as the active ingredient is combined in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, which carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration. The pharmaceutical compositions can be in any form suitable for oral, parenteral, topical, intranasal, ophthalmic, otic, rectal, intra-vaginal, or transdermal administration. These pharmaceutical compositions are desirably in unitary dosage form suitable, preferably, for administration orally, rectally, percutaneously, or by parenteral injection. For example, in preparing the compositions in oral dosage form, any of the usual pharmaceutical media may be employed, such as, for example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols and the like in the case of oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, syrups, elixirs and solutions; or solid carriers such as starches, sugars, kaolin, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents and the like in the case of powders, pills, capsules and tablets.

Because of their ease in administration, tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form, in which case solid pharmaceutical carriers are obviously employed. For parenteral compositions, the carrier will usually comprise sterile water, at least in large part, though other ingredients, to aid solubility for example, may be included. Injectable solutions, for example, may be prepared in which the carrier comprises saline solution, glucose solution or a mixture of saline and glucose solution. Injectable suspensions may also be prepared in which case appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents and the like may be employed. In the compositions suitable for percutaneous administration, the carrier optionally comprises a penetration enhancing agent and/or a suitable wetting agent, optionally combined with suitable additives of any nature in minor proportions, which additives do not cause a significant deleterious effect to the skin. Said additives may facilitate the administration to the skin and/or may be helpful for preparing the desired compositions. These compositions may be administered in various ways, e.g., as a transdermal patch, as a spot-on, as an ointment. It is especially advantageous to formulate the aforementioned pharmaceutical compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active ingredient calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. Examples of such dosage unit forms are tablets (including scored or coated tablets), capsules, pills, powder packets, wafers, injectable solutions or suspensions, teaspoonfuls, tablespoonfuls and the like, and segregated multiples thereof.

The compound of the invention is administered in an amount sufficient to exert its anti-tumour activity or to exert its FGFR inhibiting effect.

In an embodiment, the compound of the invention or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is for oral administration.

Those skilled in the art could determine the effective amount from the test results presented hereinafter. In general, it is contemplated that a therapeutically effective amount would be from 0.005 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg body weight, and in particular from 0.005 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg body weight. It may be appropriate to administer the required dose as single, two, three, four or more sub-doses at appropriate intervals throughout the day. Said sub-doses may be formulated as unit dosage forms, for example, containing 0.5 to 500 mg, in particular 1 mg to 500 mg, more in particular 10 mg to 500 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form.

Depending on the mode of administration, the pharmaceutical composition will preferably comprise from 0.05 to 99% by weight, more preferably from 0.1 to 70% by weight, even more preferably from 0.1 to 50% by weight of the compound of the present invention, and, from 1 to 99.95% by weight, more preferably from 30 to 99.9% by weight, even more preferably from 50 to 99.9% by weight of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, all percentages being based on the total weight of the composition.

It has been discovered that some FGFR inhibitors can be used in combination with other anticancer agents. For example, it may be beneficial to combine an inhibitor that induces apoptosis with another agent which acts via a different mechanism to regulate cell growth thus treating two of the characteristic features of cancer development. Examples of such combinations are set out below.

As another aspect of the present invention, a combination of a compound of the present invention with another anticancer agent is envisaged, especially for use as a medicine, more specifically for use in the treatment of cancer or related diseases, in particular a condition or disease mediated by a FGFR kinase.

For the treatment of the above conditions, the compounds of the invention may be advantageously employed in combination with one or more other medicinal agents, more particularly, with other anti-cancer agents or adjuvants in cancer therapy. Examples of anti-cancer agents or adjuvants (supporting agents in the therapy) include but are not limited to:

-   -   platinum coordination compounds for example cisplatin optionally         combined with amifostine, carboplatin or oxaliplatin;     -   taxane compounds for example paclitaxel, paclitaxel protein         bound particles (Abraxane™) or docetaxel;     -   topoisomerase I inhibitors such as camptothecin compounds for         example irinotecan, SN-38, topotecan, topotecan hcl;     -   topoisomerase ii inhibitors such as anti-tumour         epipodophyllotoxins or podophyllotoxin derivatives for example         etoposide, etoposide phosphate or teniposide;     -   anti-tumour vinca alkaloids for example vinblastine, vincristine         or vinorelbine;     -   anti-tumour nucleoside derivatives for example 5-fluorouracil,         leucovorin, gemcitabine, gemcitabine hcl, capecitabine,         cladribine, fludarabine, nelarabine;     -   alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustard or nitrosourea for         example cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, carmustine, thiotepa,         mephalan (melphalan), lomustine, altretamine, busulfan,         dacarbazine, estramustine, ifosfamide optionally in combination         with mesna, pipobroman, procarbazine, streptozocin,         telozolomide, uracil;     -   anti-tumour anthracyclinc derivatives for example daunorubicin,         doxorubicin optionally in combination with dexrazoxane, doxil,         idarubicin, mitoxantrone, epirubicin, epirubicin hcl,         valrubicin;     -   molecules that target the IGF-1 receptor for example         picropodophilin;     -   tetracarcin derivatives for example tetrocarcin A;     -   glucocorticoids for example prednisone;     -   antibodies for example trastuzumab (HER2 antibody), rituximab         (CD20 antibody), gemtuzumab, gemtuzumab ozogamicin, cetuximab,         pertuzumab, bevacizumab, alemtuzumab, eculizumab, ibritumomab         tiuxetan, nofetumomab, panitumumab, tositumomab, CNTO 328;     -   estrogen receptor antagonists or selective estrogen receptor         modulators or inhibitors of estrogen synthesis for example         tamoxifen, fulvestrant, toremifene, droloxifene, faslodex,         raloxifene or letrozole;     -   aromatase inhibitors such as exemestane, anastrozole, letrazole,         testolactone and vorozole;     -   differentiating agents such as retinoids, vitamin D or retinoic         acid and retinoic acid metabolism blocking agents (RAMBA) for         example accutane;     -   DNA methyl transferase inhibitors for example azacytidine or         decitabine;     -   antifolates for example premetrexed disodium;     -   antibiotics for example antinomycin D, bleomycin, mitomycin C,         dactinomycin, carminomycin, daunomycin, levamisole, plicamycin,         mithramycin;     -   antimetabolites for example clofarabine, aminopterin, cytosine         arabinoside or methotrexate, azacitidine, cytarabine,         floxuridine, pentostatin, thioguanine;     -   apoptosis inducing agents and antiangiogenic agents such as         Bcl-2 inhibitors for example YC 137, BH 312, ABT 737, gossypol,         HA 14-1, TW 37 or decanoic acid;     -   tubuline-binding agents for example combrestatin, colchicines or         nocodazole;     -   kinase inhibitors (e.g. EGFR (epithelial growth factor receptor)         inhibitors, MTKI (multi target kinase inhibitors), mTOR         inhibitors, cmet inhibitors) for example flavoperidol, imatinib         mesylate, erlotinib, gefitinib, dasatinib, lapatinib, lapatinib         ditosylate, sorafenib, sunitinib, sunitinib maleate,         temsirolimus,         6-{difluoro[6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-3-yl]methyl}quinoline         or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,         6-[difluoro(6-pyridin-4-yl[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-3-yl)methyl]quinoline         or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;     -   farnesyltransferase inhibitors for example tipifamib;     -   histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors for example sodium         butyrate, suberoylanilide hydroxamide acid (SAHA), depsipeptide         (FR 901228), NVP-LAQ824, R306465, JNJ-26481585, trichostatin A,         vorinostat;     -   Inhibitors of the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway for example         PS-341, MLN.41 or bortezomib;     -   Yondelis;     -   Telomerase inhibitors for example telomestatin;     -   Matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors for example batimastat,         marimastat, prinostat or metastat.     -   Recombinant interleukins for example aldesleukin, denileukin         diftitox, interferon alfa 2a, interferon alfa 2b, peginterferon         alfa 2b     -   MAPK inhibitors     -   Retinoids for example alitretinoin, bexarotene, tretinoin     -   Arsenic trioxide     -   Asparaginase     -   Steroids for example dromostanolone propionate, megestrol         acetate, nandrolone (decanoate, phenpropionate), dexamethasone     -   Gonadotropin releasing hormone agonists or antagonists for         example abarelix, goserelin acetate, histrelin acetate,         leuprolide acetate     -   Thalidomide, lenalidomide     -   Mercaptopurine, mitotane, pamidronate, pegademase, pegaspargase,         rasburicase     -   BH3 mimetics for example ABT-737     -   MEK inhibitors for example PD98059, AZD6244, CI-1040     -   colony-stimulating factor analogs for example filgrastim,         pegfilgrastim, sargramostim; erythropoietin or analogues thereof         (e.g. darbepoetin alfa); interleukin 11; oprelvekin;         zoledronate, zoledronic acid; fentanyl; bisphosphonate;         palifermin.     -   a steroidal cytochrome P450 17alpha-hydroxylase-17,20-lyase         inhibitor (CYP17), e.g. abiraterone, abiraterone acetate     -   an antibody that blocks the interaction between PD-1 and PD-L1.

In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a combination of a compound of formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof, or any sub-groups and examples thereof, and 6-{difluoro[6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)[1,2,4]-triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-3-yl]methyl}quinoline or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a combination of a compound of formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof, or any sub-groups and examples thereof, and 6-[difluoro(6-pyridin-4-yl[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]-pyridazin-3-yl)methyl]quinoline or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof, or any sub-groups and examples thereof, and 6-{difluoro[6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-3-yl]methyl}quinoline or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof, or any sub-groups and examples thereof, and 6-[difluoro(6-pyridin-4-yl[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-3-yl)methyl]quinoline or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

The compounds of the present invention also have therapeutic applications in sensitising tumour cells for radiotherapy and chemotherapy.

Hence the compounds of the present invention can be used as “radiosensitizer” and/or “chemosensitizer” or can be given in combination with another “radiosensitizer” and/or “chemosensitizer”.

The term “radiosensitizer”, as used herein, is defined as a molecule, preferably a low molecular weight molecule, administered to animals in therapeutically effective amounts to increase the sensitivity of the cells to ionizing radiation and/or to promote the treatment of diseases which are treatable with ionizing radiation.

The term “chemosensitizer”, as used herein, is defined as a molecule, preferably a low molecular weight molecule, administered to animals in therapeutically effective amounts to increase the sensitivity of cells to chemotherapy and/or promote the treatment of diseases which are treatable with chemotherapeutics.

Several mechanisms for the mode of action of radiosensitizers have been suggested in the literature including: hypoxic cell radiosensitizers (e.g., 2-nitroimidazole compounds, and benzotriazine dioxide compounds) mimicking oxygen or alternatively behave like bioreductive agents under hypoxia; non-hypoxic cell radiosensitizers (e.g., halogenated pyrimidines) can be analogous of DNA bases and preferentially incorporate into the DNA of cancer cells and thereby promote the radiation-induced breaking of DNA molecules and/or prevent the normal DNA repair mechanisms; and various other potential mechanisms of action have been hypothesized for radiosensitizers in the treatment of disease.

Many cancer treatment protocols currently employ radiosensitizers in conjunction with radiation of x-rays. Examples of x-ray activated radiosensitizers include, but are not limited to, the following: metronidazole, misonidazole, desmethylmisonidazole, pimonidazole, etanidazole, nimorazole, mitomycin C, RSU 1069, SR 4233, EO9, RB 6145, nicotinamide, 5-bromodeoxyuridine (BUdR), 5-iododeoxyuridine (IUdR), bromodeoxycytidine, fluorodeoxyuridine (FudR), hydroxyurea, cisplatin, and therapeutically effective analogs and derivatives of the same.

Photodynamic therapy (PDT) of cancers employs visible light as the radiation activator of the sensitizing agent. Examples of photodynamic radiosensitizers include the following, but are not limited to: hematoporphyrin derivatives, Photofrin, benzoporphyrin derivatives, tin etioporphyrin, pheoborbide-a, bacteriochlorophyll-a, naphthalocyanines, phthalocyanines, zinc phthalocyanine, and therapeutically effective analogs and derivatives of the same.

Radiosensitizers may be administered in conjunction with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more other compounds, including but not limited to: compounds which promote the incorporation of radiosensitizers to the target cells; compounds which control the flow of therapeutics, nutrients, and/or oxygen to the target cells; chemotherapeutic agents which act on the tumour with or without additional radiation; or other therapeutically effective compounds for treating cancer or other diseases.

Chemosensitizers may be administered in conjunction with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more other compounds, including but not limited to: compounds which promote the incorporation of chemosensitizers to the target cells; compounds which control the flow of therapeutics, nutrients, and/or oxygen to the target cells; chemotherapeutic agents which act on the tumour or other therapeutically effective compounds for treating cancer or other disease. Calcium antagonists, for example verapamil, are found useful in combination with antineoplastic agents to establish chemosensitivity in tumor cells resistant to accepted chemotherapeutic agents and to potentiate the efficacy of such compounds in drug-sensitive malignancies.

In view of their useful pharmacological properties, the components of the combinations according to the invention, i.e. the one or more other medicinal agent and the compound according to the present invention may be formulated into various pharmaceutical forms for administration purposes. The components may be formulated separately in individual pharmaceutical compositions or in a unitary pharmaceutical composition containing all components.

The present invention therefore also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising the one or more other medicinal agent and the compound according to the present invention together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

The present invention further relates to the use of a combination according to the invention in the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for inhibiting the growth of tumour cells.

The present invention further relates to a product containing as first active ingredient a compound according to the invention and as further active ingredient one or more anticancer agent, as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in the treatment of patients suffering from cancer.

The one or more other medicinal agents and the compound according to the present invention may be administered simultaneously (e.g. in separate or unitary compositions) or sequentially in either order. In the latter case, the two or more compounds will be administered within a period and in an amount and manner that is sufficient to ensure that an advantageous or synergistic effect is achieved. It will be appreciated that the preferred method and order of administration and the respective dosage amounts and regimes for each component of the combination will depend on the particular other medicinal agent and compound of the present invention being administered, their route of administration, the particular tumour being treated and the particular host being treated. The optimum method and order of administration and the dosage amounts and regime can be readily determined by those skilled in the art using conventional methods and in view of the information set out herein.

The weight ratio of the compound according to the present invention and the one or more other anticancer agent(s) when given as a combination may be determined by the person skilled in the art. Said ratio and the exact dosage and frequency of administration depends on the particular compound according to the invention and the other anticancer agent(s) used, the particular condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, the age, weight, gender, diet, time of administration and general physical condition of the particular patient, the mode of administration as well as other medication the individual may be taking, as is well known to those skilled in the art. Furthermore, it is evident that the effective daily amount may be lowered or increased depending on the response of the treated subject and/or depending on the evaluation of the physician prescribing the compounds of the instant invention. A particular weight ratio for the present compound of formula (I) and another anticancer agent may range from 1/10 to 10/1, more in particular from 1/5 to 5/1, even more in particular from 1/3 to 3/1.

The platinum coordination compound is advantageously administered in a dosage of 1 to 500 mg per square meter (mg/m²) of body surface area, for example 50 to 400 mg/m², particularly for cisplatin in a dosage of about 75 mg/m² and for carboplatin in about 300 mg/m² per course of treatment.

The taxane compound is advantageously administered in a dosage of 50 to 400 mg per square meter (mg/m²) of body surface area, for example 75 to 250 mg/m², particularly for paclitaxel in a dosage of about 175 to 250 mg/m² and for docetaxel in about 75 to 150 mg/m² per course of treatment.

The camptothecin compound is advantageously administered in a dosage of 0.1 to 400 mg per square meter (mg/m²) of body surface area, for example 1 to 300 mg/m², particularly for irinotecan in a dosage of about 100 to 350 mg/m² and for topotecan in about 1 to 2 mg/m² per course of treatment.

The anti-tumour podophyllotoxin derivative is advantageously administered in a dosage of 30 to 300 mg per square meter (mg/m²) of body surface area, for example 50 to 250 mg/m², particularly for etoposide in a dosage of about 35 to 100 mg/m² and for teniposide in about 50 to 250 mg/m² per course of treatment.

The anti-tumour vinca alkaloid is advantageously administered in a dosage of 2 to 30 mg per square meter (mg/m²) of body surface area, particularly for vinblastine in a dosage of about 3 to 12 mg/m², for vincristine in a dosage of about 1 to 2 mg/m², and for vinorelbine in dosage of about 10 to 30 mg/m² per course of treatment.

The anti-tumour nucleoside derivative is advantageously administered in a dosage of 200 to 2500 mg per square meter (mg/m²) of body surface area, for example 700 to 1500 mg/m², particularly for 5-FU in a dosage of 200 to 500 mg/m², for gemcitabine in a dosage of about 800 to 1200 mg/m² and for capecitabine in about 1000 to 2500 mg/m² per course of treatment.

The alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustard or nitrosourea is advantageously administered in a dosage of 100 to 500 mg per square meter (mg/m²) of body surface area, for example 120 to 200 mg/m², particularly for cyclophosphamide in a dosage of about 100 to 500 mg/m², for chlorambucil in a dosage of about 0.1 to 0.2 mg/kg, for carmustine in a dosage of about 150 to 200 mg/m², and for lomustine in a dosage of about 100 to 150 mg/m² per course of treatment.

The anti-tumour anthracycline derivative is advantageously administered in a dosage of 10 to 75 mg per square meter (mg/m²) of body surface area, for example 15 to 60 mg/m², particularly for doxorubicin in a dosage of about 40 to 75 mg/m², for daunorubicin in a dosage of about 25 to 45 mg/m², and for idarubicin in a dosage of about 10 to 15 mg/m² per course of treatment.

The antiestrogen agent is advantageously administered in a dosage of about 1 to 100 mg daily depending on the particular agent and the condition being treated. Tamoxifen is advantageously administered orally in a dosage of 5 to 50 mg, preferably 10 to 20 mg twice a day, continuing the therapy for sufficient time to achieve and maintain a therapeutic effect. Toremifene is advantageously administered orally in a dosage of about 60 mg once a day, continuing the therapy for sufficient time to achieve and maintain a therapeutic effect. Anastrozole is advantageously administered orally in a dosage of about 1 mg once a day. Droloxifene is advantageously administered orally in a dosage of about 20-100 mg once a day. Raloxifene is advantageously administered orally in a dosage of about 60 mg once a day. Exemestane is advantageously administered orally in a dosage of about 25 mg once a day.

Antibodies are advantageously administered in a dosage of about 1 to 5 mg per square meter (mg/m²) of body surface area, or as known in the art, if different. Trastuzumab is advantageously administered in a dosage of 1 to 5 mg per square meter (mg/m²) of body surface area, particularly 2 to 4 mg/m² per course of treatment.

These dosages may be administered for example once, twice or more per course of treatment, which may be repeated for example every 7, 14, 21 or 28 days.

The compounds of formula (I), the pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, and stereoisomeric forms thereof can have valuable diagnostic properties in that they can be used for detecting or identifying the formation of a complex between a labelled compound and other molecules, peptides, proteins, enzymes or receptors.

The detecting or identifying methods can use compounds that are labelled with labelling agents such as radioisotopes, enzymes, fluorescent substances, luminous substances, etc. Examples of the radioisotopes include ¹²⁵I, ¹³¹I, ³H and ¹⁴C. Enzymes are usually made detectable by conjugation of an appropriate substrate which, in turn catalyses a detectable reaction. Examples thereof include, for example, beta-galactosidase, beta-glucosidase, alkaline phosphatase, peroxidase and malate dehydrogenase, preferably horseradish peroxidase. The luminous substances include, for example, luminol, luminol derivatives, luciferin, aequorin and luciferase.

Biological samples can be defined as body tissue or body fluids. Examples of body fluids are cerebrospinal fluid, blood, plasma, serum, urine, sputum, saliva and the like.

EXPERIMENTAL PART

Several methods for preparing the compounds of the invention are illustrated in the following examples. Unless otherwise noted, all starting materials were obtained from commercial suppliers and used without further purification.

When a stereocenter is indicated with ‘RS’ this means that a mixture of stereoisomers was obtained at the indicated center, unless otherwise indicated. The stereochemical configuration for a stereocenter in some compounds is designated “R” or “S” and/or with a solid wedged or hashed wedged bond indicating the absolute stereoconfiguration is known. For some compounds, the stereochemical configuration at an indicated stereocenter has been designated as “R*” or “S*” with a solid line bond, or a solid wedged or a hashed wedged bond indicating the absolute stereochemistry at the stereocenter is undetermined although it is absolute. So a stereocenter indicated as being S* means it is an absolute stereocenter but it is not determined whether it is S or R.

Hereinafter, the terms: ‘RT’ or ‘rt’ means room temperature; ‘FA’ means formic acid; ‘TFA’ means trifluoroacetic acid, ‘TfOH’ means trifluoromethanesulfonic acid. ‘DIPEA’ or ‘DIEA’ means ethyldiisopropylamine or N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine or N,N-diisopropylethylamine, ‘R_(T)’ or ‘R_(t)’ means retention time, ‘28-crown-6’ means 1,4,7,10,13,16-Hexaoxacyclooctadecane, ‘SFC’ means supercritical fluid chromatography, ‘ACN’ means acetonitrile, ‘DEA’ means diethylamine, ‘IPA’ means isopropyl alcohol, ‘DIBAL-H’ means diisopropylaluminum hydride, ‘PMB’ means 4-methoxybenzyl, ‘EtOAc’ means ethyl acetate, ‘DMF’ means N,N-dimethylformamide, ‘DCM’ means dichloromethane, ‘DMAc’ means N,N-dimethylacetamide, ‘THF’ means tetrahydrofuran, ‘Bn’ means benzyl, ‘M.P.’ or ‘m.p.’ means melting point, ‘HPLC’ means High-performance Liquid Chromatography, ‘TLC’ means Thin Layer chromatography, ‘LC-MS’ means Liquid Chromatography-mass spectrometry, ‘ee’ means enantiomeric excess.

Example 1: Preparation of Compound 1

a) Preparation of Intermediate 1 Methyl 4-amino-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate

Intermediate 1 was synthesized as described in ACS Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2013, 979.

b) Preparation of Intermediate 2 Methyl 4-((4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate

To a solution of intermediate 1 (methyl 4-amino-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate) (7.50 g, 48.3 mmol) in ethyl acetate (150 mL) was added 4-methoxy-benzaldehyde (7.90 g, 58.0 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (7.2 mL, 96.7 mmol). Sodium borohydride (1.83 g, 48.3 mmol) was added to the mixture in portions while keeping the temperature below 35° C. After addition, the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (100 mL) and stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. Then the mixture was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give crude product which was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: petroleum ether:ethyl acetate from 1:0 to 5:4) to give intermediate 2 (7.92 g, 73.9% purity, 73.2% yield) as white solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure C, Method 9): R_(T)=0.66 min, mass calcd. for C₁₄H₁₇N₃O₃ 275.13, m/z found 275.9 [M+H]⁺.

c) Preparation of Intermediate 3 Methyl 7-hydroxy-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carboxylate

To a solution of intermediate 2 (methyl 4-((4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate) (13.2 g, 47.9 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (300 mL) was added sodium hydride (2.68 g, 67.1 mmol) in portions. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 10 minutes and cooled to 0° C., Methyl malonyl chloride (6.54 g, 47.9 mmol) was dropwise added to the mixture and the mixture was further stirred at 20° C. for 15 minutes. Sodium methoxide (5.18 g, 95.9 mmol) was added to the reaction and the mixture was heated at 110° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give a residue which was dissolved in water (200 mL) and filtered. The filtrate was extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether (100 mL). To the aqueous layer was added concentrated hydrochloric acid to adjust the pH to 3-4 with white solids precipitating out. The collected precipitate was dissolved in dichloromethane (200 mL). The resulting organic solution was washed with brine (300 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give intermediate 3 (10.0 g, crude) as yellow oil which was used for the next step directly.

d) Preparation of Intermediate 4 Methyl 7-chloro-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo-[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carboxylate

To a solution of intermediate 3 (methyl 7-hydroxy-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carboxylate) (10.0 g, 29.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (4.9 mL, 58.2 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide (10 drops). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. Then the mixture was concentrated to give a residue which was dissolved in dichloromethane (200 mL). The resulting solution was washed with water (100 mL×2), brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: petroleum ether:ethyl acetate from 1:0 to 5:4) to give intermediate 4 (10.0 g, 94.9% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure C, Method 9): R_(T)=0.69 min, mass calcd. for C₁₇H₁₆ClN₃O₄ 361.08, m/z found 362.0 [M+H]⁺.

General procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) (Varian) δ 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 4.07-4.02 (m, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H).

e) Preparation of Intermediate 5 7-Chloro-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carbaldehyde

To a solution of intermediate 4 (methyl 7-chloro-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carboxylate) (7.00 g, 19.3 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was added diisobutylaluminum hydride (DIBAL-H) in toluene (38.7 mL, 1 M in toluene, 38.7 mmol) dropwise at −78° C. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 hour. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride (50 mL) at −78° C. and allowed to raise the temperature to 25° C. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was added to 200 mL of CHCl₃ and the mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with 200 mL of CHCl₃ and filtered for 3 times. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give a residue. 30 mL of tert-Butyl methyl ether was added and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 minutes. The precipitates were filtered to give intermediate 5 (5.00 g, 73.2% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure C, Method 9): R_(T)=0.69 min, mass calcd. for C₆H₁₄ClN₃O₃ 331.07, m/z found 331.9 [M+H]⁺.

f) Preparation of Intermediate 7 7-Chloro-6-(6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A solution of intermediate 6 (4-methoxybenzene-1,2-diamine) (125 mg, 0.905 mmol), ferric trichloride (293 mg, 1.81 mmol) and intermediate 5 (7-chloro-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carbaldehyde) (300 mg, 0.904 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Then the resultant solution was basified with sodium bicarbonate to pH=8. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: petroleum ether:ethyl acetate from 6:1 to 3:1) to afford intermediate 7 (309 mg, 71.0% purity, 54.1% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure C, Method 8): R_(T)=2.09 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₀ClN₅O₃ 449.13, m/z found 450.1 [M+H]⁺.

g) Preparation of Intermediate 8 7-Chloro-6-(6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

Trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (192 mg, 1.28 mmol) was added to a solution consisting of intermediate 7 (7-chloro-6-(6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one) (270 mg, 0.426 mmol) in 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL). After the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 hour, the resultant mixture was basified with sodium bicarbonate to pH=8. Then the resultant mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford intermediate 8 (200 mg, crude) as yellow solids which was used for the next step directly.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure C, Method 9): R_(T)=0.61 min, mass calcd. for C₁₅H₁₂ClN₅O₂ 329.07, m/z found 329.9 [M+H]⁺.

h) Preparation of Compound 1 (S*)-6-(6-Methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)-amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A solution consisting of intermediate 8 (7-chloro-6-(6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one) (170 mg, 0.376 mmol), intermediate 9 ((S*)-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethanamine hydrochloride) (60.1 mg, 0.376 mmol), N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (243 mg, 1.88 mmol) and n-butanol (2 mL) was stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours. The resultant mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude product which was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Gemini C18 250*50 10u, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% FA), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 22 mL/min, gradient condition from 18% B to 48%). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum, and then lyophilized to product (30.0 mg, 92.0% purity). Then the product was further separated by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: OJ (250 mm×30 mm, 10 um)); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O EtOH, A:B=65:35 at 80 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fraction was collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixtures were lyophilized to dryness to give compound 1 (9.4 mg, 95.1% purity, 5.70% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 1): R_(T)=4.42 min, mass calcd. for C₂₁H₂₁N₈O₂ 416.17, m/z found 417.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ=13.01-12.87 (m, 1H), 12.70 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 0.5H), 12.66 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 0.5H), 10.88 (br. s., 1H), 8.86 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.5H), 7.48 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.5H), 7.42 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 0.5H), 7.14-7.07 (m, 0.5H), 6.82-6.73 (m, 1H), 6.53-6.41 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.92 (m, 3H), 3.86-3.75 (m, 3H), 1.73 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

SFC (Method 11): R_(T)=1.61 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Example 2: Preparation of Compound 2

a) Preparation of Intermediate 11 3-fluoro-5-methoxy-2-nitroaniline

Sodium (1.32 g, 57.4 mmol) was added to anhydrous methanol (60 mL) in portions and then the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 10 minutes. Then the mixture was added drop-wise to a solution of intermediate 10 (3,5-difluoro-2-nitroaniline) (10.0 g, 57.4 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (60 mL) at −70° C. The resultant mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours before pouring it into water (50 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography (eluent: ethyl acetate:petroleum ether from 0:1 to 1:1) to give intermediate 11 (4.00 g, 90.0% purity, 33.7% yield) as yellow solids.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 7.29 (s, 2H), 6.27 (dd, J=1.3, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.18 (dd, J=2.6, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H).

b) Preparation of Intermediate 12 3-Fluoro-5-methoxybenzene-1,2-diamine

A stir bar, intermediate 11 (3-fluoro-5-methoxy-2-nitroaniline) (4.00 g, 21.5 mmol), and methanol (100 mL) were added to a 250 mL round-bottomed flask. Then wet palladium on activated carbon (500 mg, 10% on activated carbon) was added to the solution, and the suspension was degassed under vacuum and bubbled with argon for three times. Then the mixture was bubbled with hydrogen for three times. The mixture was stirred under hydrogen (15 psi) at 40° C. for 12 hours. The suspension was filtered through a pad of Celite® and the pad was washed with methanol (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give intermediate 12 (3.0 g, 85% purity, 76.0% yield) as black oil.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Bruker) δ 6.03-6.00 (m, 2H), 4.85 (br. s., 2H), 4.40 (br. s, 2H), 3.58 (s, 3H)

c) Preparation of Intermediate 13 7-Chloro-6-(4-fluoro-6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A stir bar, intermediate 12 (3-fluoro-5-methoxybenzene-1,2-diamine) (2.60 g, 16.7 mmol), intermediate 5 (7-chloro-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carbaldehyde) (5.52 g, 16.7 mmol), ferric chloride (5.40 g, 33.3 mmol) and 1,4-dioxane (50 mL) were added to a 250 mL round-bottomed flask. The resultant mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. Then the mixture was poured into water (100 mL) and basified with sodium bicarbonate to pH=6-7 before isolating the black precipitate by vacuum filtration. The filtrate was collected and extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL×4). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: petroleum ether:ethyl acetate from 1:0 to 0:1) to afford intermediate 13 (2.20 g, 80% purity, 22.6% yield) as yellow solids.

d) Preparation of Intermediate 14 7-Chloro-6-(4-fluoro-6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A stir bar, intermediate 13 (7-chloro-6-(4-fluoro-6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one) (2.20 g, 3.76 mmol), trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (0.992 mL, 11.3 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) were added to a 50 mL round-bottomed flask. The resultant mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was then poured into water (10 mL) and treated with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate until pH=6-7. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (15 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude intermediate 14 (1.10 g, crude) which was used for the next step without further purification.

e) Preparation of Compound 2 (S)-6-(4-fluoro-6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A stir bar, intermediate 14 (7-chloro-6-(4-fluoro-6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one) (1.10 g, 1.58 mmol), intermediate 9-A ((S)-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethanamine hydrochloride) (0.379 g, 2.37 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.31 mL, 7.91 mmol) and dichloromethane (10 mL) were added to a 100 mL round-bottomed flask, then the reaction mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 12 hours. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150*30 mm*4 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.05% HCl), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 mL/min, gradient condition from 30% B to 60%). The pure fractions were collected and the volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in water (20 mL) and the resulting mixture was lyophilized to dryness to product as yellow powder. The product was further purified by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: AD (250 mm*30 mm, 5 um)); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O IPA, A:B=60:40 at 60 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The fraction was collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixtures were lyophilized to dryness to give compound 2 (248 mg, 100% purity, 36.1% yield) as yellow powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=4.48 min, mass calcd. for C₂₁H₁₉FN₈O₂ 434.16, m/z found 435.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 13.37 (s, 0.1H), 13.12 (s, 0.9H), 12.55 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 0.9H), 12.41 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.1H), 10.94 (br. s., 1H), 8.88 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 0.2H), 8.82 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1.8H), 7.73 (s, 0.1H), 7.69 (s, 0.9H), 7.43 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 0.9H), 7.04 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 0.1H), 6.75 (dd, J=1.9, 11.8 Hz, 0.1H), 6.67 (dd, J=2.0, 12.3 Hz, 0.9H), 6.53-6.38 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.93 (m, 3H), 3.88-3.74 (m, 3H), 1.81-1.66 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 15): R_(T)=3.02 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Example 3: Preparation of Compound 3

a) Preparation of Intermediate 15 5-methoxypyridine-2,3-diamine

Intermediate 15 was synthesized as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,221,683.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Bruker) δ=7.00 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (br. s., 2H), 4.77 (br. s., 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H).

b) Preparation of Intermediate 16 7-Chloro-6-(6-methoxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A stir bar, intermediate 5 (7-chloro-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carbaldehyde) (500 mg, 1.51 mmol), intermediate 15 (5-methoxypyridine-2,3-diamine) (221 mg, 95.0% purity, 1.51 mmol), Iron(III) chloride (978 mg, 6.03 mmol) and anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (8 mL) were added to a 50 mL round-bottomed flask. The resultant mixture was stirred at 110° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (40 mL) and treated with solid sodium bicarbonate until pH=9 with many precipitation formed. The resultant mixture was filtered and washed with dichloromethane/methanol=10/1 (30 mL×3). The filtrate was extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography (eluent: ethyl acetate:tetrahydrofuran from 1:0 to 1:1) to afford intermediate 16 (130 mg, 90.0% purity, 17.2% yield) as yellow solids.

c) Preparation of Intermediate 17 7-Chloro-6-(6-methoxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo-[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A stir bar, intermediate 16 (7-chloro-6-(6-methoxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one) (345 mg, 90% purity, 0.689 mmol) and 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) were added to a 50 mL round-bottomed flask. Then trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (311 mg, 2.07 mmol) was added to the mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure before diluting with dichloromethane/water (10 mL/20 mL). The mixture was adjusted to a pH of 9 by solid sodium bicarbonate with brown precipitation formed. The brown precipitate was filtered and washed with water (25 mL×2). The collected solids were suspended in toluene (15 mL) and concentrated to dryness and this procedure of suspending and drying was repeated to afford intermediate 17 (208 mg, 91.6% purity, 83.7% yield) as brown solids, which was used for the next step directly.

d) Preparation of Compound 3 (S)-6-(6-methoxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A stir bar, intermediate 17 (7-chloro-6-(6-methoxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one) (200 mg, 91.6% purity, 0.554 mmol), intermediate 9-A ((S)-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethanamine hydrochloride) (88.4 mg, 0.554 mmol), tetrabutylammonium iodide (TBAI) (20.5 mg, 0.0560 mmol), sodium hydrogencarbonate (140 mg, 1.67 mmol), chloroform (12 mL) and water (2 mL) were added to a 50 mL round-bottomed flask and stirred at 60° C. for 33 hours. Water (25 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. Then the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrated was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane:tetrahydrofuran=2:3) to afford the compound 3 (66.8 mg, 95.7% purity, 27.6% yield) as a yellow powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 1): mass calcd. for C₂₀H₁₉N₉O₂ 417.17, m/z found 418.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ=13.32 (s, 0.3H), 13.19 (s, 0.7H), 12.50 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 0.3H), 12.38 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 0.7H), 11.06 (s, 0.3H), 10.96 (s, 0.7H), 8.88 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 0.6H), 8.81 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1.4H), 8.05 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 0.7H), 8.00 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 0.3H), 7.72 (s, 0.3H), 7.69-7.66 (m, 1.4H), 7.61 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 0.3H), 7.43 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 0.3H), 7.40 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 0.71H), 6.60-6.45 (m, 11H), 3.99 (s, 0.914), 3.95 (s, 2.11H), 3.90 (s, 0.9H), 3.85 (s, 2.11H), 1.78-1.73 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 14): R_(T)=1.15 min, Peak Area: 99.6%.

Example 4: Preparation of Compound 4

a) Preparation of Intermediate 18 Methyl 4-amino-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate

Intermediate 18 was synthesized as described in WO201218909A1.

b) Preparation of Intermediate 19 Methyl 1-ethyl-4-((4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate

In a beaker (3 L) equipped with a magnetic stirrer, a solution of intermediate 18 (methyl 4-amino-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate) (120 g, 709 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (162 g, 1.42 mol) and 4-methoxybenzaldehyde (116 g, 852 mmol) in ethyl acetate (1.2 L) was prepared. Sodium borohydride (21.5 g, 568 mmol) was added to the mixture in portions at ice-water bath keeping the temperature below 30° C. Ten water (1 L) was added to the mixture to quench the reaction and stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was separated and the separated organic layer was washed with water (1 L×3), brine (1 L), dried over Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product which was purified by flash column chromatography (gradient equivalent: petroleum ether:ethyl acetate from 100:0 to 1:1) to afford intermediate 19 (180 g, crude) as light yellow oil.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ7.34-7.20 (m, 3H), 6.91-6.76 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.03 (m, 2H), 4.03-3.97 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.68 (m, 6H), 1.37-1.21 (m, 3H).

c) Preparation of Intermediate 20 Methyl 2-ethyl-7-hydroxy-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carboxylate

A solution of intermediate 19 (methyl 1-ethyl-4-((4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate) (90.0 g, 121 mmol) in dry N,N-dimethylformamide (600 mL) was added to a 2 L three-necked flask. Sodium hydride (16.2 g, 60% dispersion in oil, 405 mmol) was added to the mixture at ice-water bath in portions. After addition, the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 15 minutes and methyl malonyl chloride (44.6 g, 327 mmol) was added to the mixture dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was stirred for another 15 minutes, then sodium methoxide (33.6 g, 622 mmol) was added to the mixture in one portion and the mixture was stirred at 110° C. for 3 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Then the residue was suspended in 300 mL of water and ethyl acetate (400 mL). The separated aqueous phase was acidized by HCl (12 M) until a pH of 6-7. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (400 mL×4). The combined dichloromethane extracts were dried over Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude product which was purified by flash column chromatography (gradient equivalent: petroleum ether:ethyl acetate from 10:0 to 1:9) to afford intermediate 20 (15.0 g, 85.9% purity, 11.6% yield) as yellow sticky solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure B, Method 4): R_(T)=1.76 min, mass calcd. for C₁₈H₁₉N₃O₅ 357.13, m/z found 358.1 [M+H]⁺.

d) Preparation of Intermediate 21 Methyl 7-chloro-2-ethyl-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carboxylate

A stir bar, intermediate 20 (methyl 2-ethyl-7-hydroxy-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carboxylate) (25.0 g, 70.0 mmol) and dichloromethane (150 mL) were added to a 500 mL round-bottomed flask. Oxalyl chloride (8.9 mL, 104 mmol) was added at 0° C. dropwise. Then N,N-dimethylformamide (0.26 g, 3.56 mmol) was added at 0° C., and the resultant mixture was stirred at 15° C. After 16 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in dichloromethane (300 mL) and basified with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution until pH>7. The mixture was separated and the separated organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography (gradient equivalent: petroleum ether:ethyl acetate from 1:0 to 1:2) to afford intermediate 21 (7.50 g, 25.7% yield) as light yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure C, Method 7): R_(T)=2.93 min, mass calcd. for C₁₈H₁₈ClN₃O₄ 375.10, m/z found 375.9 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Bruker) δ=8.31 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 4.32 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.89-3.82 (m, 3H), 3.73-3.70 (m, 3H), 1.44 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H).

e) Preparation of Intermediate 22 7-chloro-2-ethyl-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carbaldehyde

A stir bar, intermediate 21 (methyl 7-chloro-2-ethyl-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carboxylate) (7.50 g, 20.0 mmol) and dichloromethane (150 mL) were added to a 500 mL three-necked flask under nitrogen. Then diisobutylaluminum hydride (DIBAL-H) (29.9 mL, 1 M in toluene, 29.9 mmol) was dropwise added at −78° C. and the resultant mixture was stirred at −78° C. After 2 hours, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride aqueous solution (50 mL) at −78° C. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 20 minutes before dichloromethane (100 ml) was added. The reaction mixture was filtered after the mixture was warmed to 25° C. The filter cake was washed with dichloromethane (300 mL×5) and the combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product which was purified by flash column chromatography (gradient equivalent: petroleum ether:ethyl acetate from 1:0 to 1:3) to give product, which was further purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Phenomenex luna C18 250*50 mm*10 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% TFA), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 120 mL/min, gradient condition from 20% B to 50%). The collected pure fractions were neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution until pH>7. Then the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (200 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness to give a residue, which was re-suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixture was lyophilizated to give intermediate 22 (5.50 g, 90.0% purity, 71.7% yield) as light yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure C, Method 9): R_(T)=0.80 min, mass calcd. for C₁₇H₁₅ClN₃O₃ 345.09, m/z found 346.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ=10.28 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.30 (m, 2H), 6.91-6.83 (m, 2H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 4.34 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 1.44 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H).

f) Preparation of Intermediate 23 7-chloro-2-ethyl-6-(6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A stir bar, intermediate 22 (7-chloro-2-ethyl-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carbaldehyde) (1.20 g, 3.47 mmol), intermediate 6 (4-methoxybenzene-1,2-diamine) (576 mg, 4.17 mmol) and anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (8 mL) were added to a 50 mL round-bottom flask. Then ferric trichloride (1.13 g, 6.97 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, which was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The mixture was adjusted to around pH=9.0 by saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and filtered, then the filtrate was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product which was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM:MeOH=10:1) to give intermediate 23 (660 mg, 69.8% purity, 28.6% yield) as a black powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General procedure C, Method 9): R_(T)=0.66 min, mass calcd. for C₂₄H₂₂ClN₅O₃ 463.14, m/z found 464.0 [M+H]⁺.

g) Preparation of Intermediate 24 7-Chloro-2-ethyl-6-(6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A stir bar, intermediate 23 (7-chloro-2-ethyl-6-(6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one) (660 mg, 0.993 mmol) and 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (6 mL) were added to a 50 mL round-bottomed flask. Then trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (0.262 mL, 2.98 mmol) was added to the mixture dropwise which was stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was basified by saturated sodium bicarbonate solution until pH=9. The mixture was extracted with chloroform (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 24 (1.20 g, crude) as a black powder, which was used for the next step without further purification.

h) Preparation of Compound 4 (S)-2-ethyl-6-(6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A stir bar, intermediate 24 (7-chloro-2-ethyl-6-(6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one) (400 mg, 0.582 mmol), intermediate 9-A ((S)-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethanamine hydrochloride) (140 mg, 0.877 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (147 mg, 1.75 mmol), tetrabutylammonium iodide (TBAI) (22.0 mg, 0.060 mmol), water (0.5 mL) and chloroform (3 mL) were added to a 8 mL reaction vial. The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 12 hours. The mixture was slowly cooled to room temperature and diluted into dichloromethane (20 mL), washed with water (10 mL×5). The separated organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (DCM:MeOH=10:1) to give product. Then the product was further purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Gemini C18 250*50 10u, Mobile Phase A: water (10 mM NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 22 mL/min, gradient condition: from 22% B to 52%). The pure fractions were collected and the volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was suspended in acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). Then the mixture was lyophilized to give compound 4 (30.5 mg, 100% purity, 12.2% yield) as a yellow powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=4.02 min, mass calcd. For C₂₂H₂₂N₈O₂ 430.19, m/z found 431.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 12.95 (br. s., 0.6H), 12.94 (br. s., 0.4H), 12.64 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 0.4H), 12.60 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 0.6H), 10.89 (s, 1H), 8.85-8.81 (m, 2H), 7.67 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.5H), 7.48 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 0.5H), 7.39 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 0.6H), 7.12 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 0.4H), 6.80 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 0.5H), 6.77 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 0.5H), 6.44-6.34 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.84-3.76 (m, 3H), 1.78-1.71 (m, 3H), 1.36-1.29 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 20): R_(T)=4.04 min, Peak Area: 98.9%.

Example 5: Preparation of Compound 5, Compound 5A and Compound 5B

a) Preparation of Compound 5 6-(5,6-Dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-7-((1-(oxazol-4-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A stir bar, intermediate 25 (7-chloro-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one; prepared as described in example 6) (0.400 g, 1.07 mmol), 1-(oxazol-4-yl)ethanamine hydrochloride (0.191 g, 1.28 mmol), sodium hydrogencarbonate (0.270 g, 3.21 mmol) and N,N-dimethylacetamide (5 mL) were added to a 50 mL round-bottomed flask. The resultant mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1.5 hours. The mixture was poured into dichloromethane (20 mL) and washed with water (10 mL×3). The separated organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude product which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (THF) to afford compound 5 (386 mg, 100% purity, 80.3% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure B, Method 5): R_(T)=0.60 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₃N₇O₄ 449.18, m/z found 450.1 [M+H]⁺.

b) Preparation of Compound 5A (S*)-6-(5,6-Dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-7-((1-(oxazol-4-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

and

Compound 5B

(R*)-6-(5,6-Dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-7-((1-(oxazol-4-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The racemic compound 5 was separated by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: AD (250 mm×30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O IPA, A:B=50:55 at 80 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fraction was collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The pure residue was re-suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixtures were lyophilized to dryness to give compound 5A (96.8 mg, 97.3% purity, 24.4% yield) as yellow solids, and compound 5B (105.3 mg, 95.0% purity, 25.9% yield) as yellow solids.

Compound 5A

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=4.06 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₃N₇O₄ 449.18, m/z found 450.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) 12.94 (s, 1H), 12.29-12.19 (m, 1H), 10.94 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.46-6.36 (m, 1H), 4.33 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.83-3.77 (m, 6H), 1.72-1.66 (m, 3H), 1.45 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

SFC (Method 13): R_(T)=0.94 min, peak area: 99.9%.

Compound 5B

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=4.06 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₃N₇O₄ 449.18, m/z found 450.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) 12.93 (s, 1H), 12.27-12.21 (m, 1H), 10.94 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.45-6.36 (m, 1H), 4.33 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.83-3.76 (m, 6H), 1.71-1.66 (m, 3H), 1.45 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H).

SFC (Method 13): R_(T)=1.35 min, peak area: 99.7%.

Example 6: Preparation of Compound 6

a) Preparation of Intermediate 26 4,5-Dimethoxybenzene-1,2-diamine

Intermediate 26 was synthesized as described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 1993, 331.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure B, Method 6): R_(T)=0.87 min, mass calcd. for C₈H₁₂N₂O₂ 168.09, m/z found 169.2 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) 6.27 (s, 2H), 4.08 (br. s., 4H), 3.58 (s, 6H)

b) Preparation of Intermediate 27 7-Chloro-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A stir bar, intermediate 26 (4,5-dimethoxybenzene-1,2-diamine) (0.560 g, 2.89 mmol), intermediate 22 (7-chloro-2-ethyl-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carbaldehyde) (1.00 g, 2.89 mmol) and dry 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) were added to a 100 mL round-bottomed flask. Iron (III) chloride (0.938 g, 5.78 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour before diluting with water (10 mL) and treating with solid sodium bicarbonate until pH=8. The resultant mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL). The separated organic extract was washed with brine (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography (THF:EtOAc from 2:1 to 1:1) to afford the intermediate 27 (621 mg, 100% purity, 43.5% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure C, Method 9): R_(T)=0.76 min, mass calcd. for C₂₅H₂₄ClN₅O₄ 493.15, m/z found 494.1 [M+H]⁺.

c) Preparation of Intermediate 25 7-Chloro-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]-pyridin-5(4H)-one

A stir bar, intermediate 27 (7-chloro-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one) (0.570 g, 1.15 mmol) and 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) were added to a 100 mL round-bottomed flask. Then trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (0.3 mL, 3.41 mmol) was added to the mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 hour before diluting with water (10 mL) and treating with solid sodium bicarbonate until pH=8. The resultant mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford intermediate 25 (610 mg, crude) as yellow solids which was used for the next step directly without further purification.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure C, Method 8): R_(T)=1.42 min, mass calcd. for C₁₇H₁₆ClN₅O₃ 373.09, m/z found 374.0 [M+H]⁺.

d) Preparation of (S)-6-(5,6-Dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

A stir bar, intermediate 25 (7-chloro-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one) (0.200 g, 0.535 mmol), intermediate 9-A ((S)-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethanamine hydrochloride) (0.102 g, 0.642 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.346 g, 2.68 mmol) and anhydrous dichloromethane (2.5 mL) were added to a 10 mL round-bottomed flask. The resultant mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into dichloromethane (20 mL) and washed with water (10 mL×3). And the separated organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (THF) to afford the title compound (163 mg, 98.2% purity, 65.0% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure B, Method 5): R_(T)=0.56 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₄N₈O₃ 460.20, m/z found 461.1 [M+H]⁺.

SFC (Method 13): R_(T)=1.10 min, Peak Area: 92.2%.

e) Preparation of Compound 6 (S)-6-(5,6-Dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)-amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The title compound was further purified by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: AD (250 mm×30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O IPA, A:B=45:45 at 80 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The fraction was collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixtures were lyophilized to dryness to give compound 6 (117 mg, 99.6% purity, 71.3% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=3.69 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₄N₈O₃ 460.20, m/z found 461.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) 12.92 (s, 1H), 12.53 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 10.89 (s, 1H), 8.83 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.38 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1-), 7.15 (s, 1-), 6.40 (quint, J=7.1 Hz, 1-1), 4.21 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 6H), 1.79-1.73 (m, 3H), 1.32 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H),

SFC (Method 10): R_(T)=0.81 min, peak: 99.6%.

Example 7: Preparation of Compound 4 (Alternative Synthesis Way)

a) Preparation of Intermediate 23 7-chloro-2-ethyl-6-(5-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one

To a mixture of intermediate 6 (4-methoxybenzene-1,2-diamine) (1.0 g, 7.24 mmol) in dioxane (50 mL) was added intermediate 22 (7-chloro-2-ethyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carbaldehyde) (2.50 g, 7.24 mmol) under an ice-bath. FeCl₃ (2.35 g, 14.48 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 8 with saturated NaHCO₃. The mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with H₂O, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=20:1) to give intermediate 23 (815 mg, 24.3% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.11 min, mass calcd. for C₂₄H₂₂ClN₅O₃ 463.1, m/z found 464.3 [M+H]⁺.

b) Preparation of Intermediate 24 7-chloro-2-ethyl-6-(5-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one

To a solution of intermediate 23 (7-chloro-2-ethyl-6-(5-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one) (1.03 g, 2.22 mmol) in CF₃COOH (15 mL) was added TfOH (1.00 g, 6.66 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 85° C. for 3 hours. Then it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The pH of the residue was adjusted to 8 with saturated NaHCO₃. The resulting mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with H₂O and brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to give intermediate 24 (641 mg, crude, yield 84.0%) as black solids which was used in the next step without further purification.

LC-MS (ESI) (General procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=0.45 min, mass calcd. for C₁₆H₁₄ClN₅O₂ 343.1, m/z found 344.2 [M+H]⁺.

c) Preparation of Compound 4 (S)-2-ethyl-6-(5-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one

To a solution of intermediate 24 (7-chloro-2-ethyl-6-(5-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one) (170 mg, 0.49 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (15 mL) was added intermediate 9-A ((S)-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride) (156 mg, 0.98 mmol) and DIEA (317 mg, 2.45 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 35° C. for 16 hours. Then it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=100:1 to 60:1) to give compound 4 (106 mg, 50.0% yield, purity 96.4%, ee: 94.02%) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure B-2, method 4): R_(T)=1.41 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₂Na₈O₂ 430.46, m/z found 431.2 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.77-8.76 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 6.82 (dd, J=8.8 Hz, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.45-6.40 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 1.85 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Example 8: Preparation of Compound 7

a) Preparation of Intermediate 29 4-ethoxy-5-methoxybenzene-1,2-diamine

To a mixture of intermediate 28 (1-ethoxy-2-methoxy-4,5-dinitrobenzene) (8.0 g, 33.06 mmol) and NH₂NH₂—H₂O (16.53, 33.06 mmol) in EtOH (120 mL) was added 10% palladium on charcoal by weight (800 mg). The reaction was performed under 15 psi H₂. The resulting mixture was stirred at 85° C. for 30 minutes. Then it was cooled to room temperature and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with H₂O and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (150 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with H₂O, brine dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 29 as gray solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure B-2, method 3): R_(T)=0.49 min, mass calcd. for C₉H₁₄N₂O₂ 182.1, m/z found 183.2 [M+H]⁺.

b) Preparation of Intermediate 30 7-chloro-6-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one

To a mixture of intermediate 5 (7-chloro-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine-6-carbaldehyde) (1.5 g, 4.52 mmol) in dioxane (25 mL) was added FeCl₃ (1.47 g, 9.06 mmol), followed by a solution of intermediate 29 (4-ethoxy-5-methoxybenzene-1,2-diamine) (824 mg, 4.52 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes, then it was poured into NaHCO₃ saturated (50 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with H₂O, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, CH₂Cl₂:EtOAc=1:0 to 1:1) to give intermediate 30 (750 mg, 33.6% yield) as brown solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General procedure B-2, method 4): R_(T)=1.02 min, mass calcd. for C₂₅H₂₄ClN₃O₄ 493.2, m/z found 494.3 [M+H]⁺.

c) Preparation of Intermediate 31 7-chloro-6-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one

To a solution of intermediate 30 (7-chloro-6-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-methyl-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one) (750 mg, 1.52 mmol) in CF₃COOH (20 mL) was added TfOH (684 mg, 4.56 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Then it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The pH of the residue was adjusted to 8 with saturated NaHCO₃. The resulting mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with H₂O and brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to give intermediate 31 as yellow solids (630 mg, yield>100%) which was used in the next step without further purification.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure B-2, method 4): R_(T)=0.85 min, mass calcd. for C₁₇H₁₆ClN₅O₃ 373.1, m/z found 374.2 [M+H]⁺.

d) Preparation of Compound 7 (S)-6-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one

To a solution of intermediate 31 (7-chloro-6-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one) (630 mg, 1.69 mmol) in CHCl₃ (20 mL) was added intermediate 9-A ((S)-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride) (405 mg, 2.54 mmol), KHCO₃ (508 mg, 5.07 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (671 mg, 2.54 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 16 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with KHCO₃ saturated (50 mL*3), H₂O and brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, CH₂Cl₂:EtOAc=1:0-2:1) to give compound 7 (95.48 mg, 12.3% yield, purity 96.8%, ee: 96.32%) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure B-2, method 4): R_(T)=1.172 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₄N₈O₃ 460.2, m/z found 461.3 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.87 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 12.57 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 10.84 (s, 1H), 8.85-8.40 (m, 2H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.11 (m, 3H), 6.47-6.46 (m, 1H), 4.08-3.99 (m, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.83-3.79 (m, 3H), 1.73 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

The following compounds were prepared according to reaction protocols of one of the above Examples using alternative starting materials as appropriate. (In the table 1, Ex. X indicates that the preparation of this compound is described in Example X or is prepared according to Example X).

As understood by a person skilled in the art, compounds synthesised using the protocols as indicated may exist as a solvate e.g. hydrate, and/or contain residual solvent or minor impurities. Compounds isolated as a salt form, may be integer stoichiometric i.e. mono- or di-salts, or of intermediate stoichiometry.

TABLE 1 Compound ID Structure Example Compound 1

Example 1 Compound 9

Example 1 Compound 10

Example 1 Compound 11

Example 1 Compound 12

Example 1 Compound 13

Example 1 Compound 14

Example 1 Compound 15

Example 1 Compound 16

Example 1 Compound 17

Example 1 Compound 18

Example 1 Compound 19

Example 1 Compound 20

Example 1 Compound 21

Example 1 Compound 22

Example 1 Compound 23

Example 1 Compound 24

Example 1 Compound 25

Example 1 Compound 26

Example 1 Compound 27

Example 1 Compound 28

Example 1 Compound 2

Example 2 Compound 29

Example 2 Compound 3

Example 3 Compound 30

Example 3 Compound 4

Example 4/ Example 7 Compound 31

Example 4 Compound 32

Example 4 Compound 5A

Example 5 Compound 5C

Example 5 Compound 33

Example 5 Compound 34

Example 5 Compound 6

Example 6 Compound 35

Example 7 Compound 36

Example 7 Compound 37

Example 7 Compound 38

Example 7 Compound 39

Example 7 Compound 40

Example 7 Compound 41

Example 8 Compound 42

Example 7 Compound 43

Example 7 Compound 44

Example 7 Compound 45

Example 7 Compound 46

Example 7 Compound 47

Example 7 Compound 48

Example 7 Compound 49

Example 7 Compound 8

Example 8 Compound 50

Example 7 Compound 51

Example 7 Compound 52

Example 7 Compound 7

Example 8 Compound 53

Example 7 Compound 54

Example 7 Compound 55

Example 8 Compound 56

Example 7

Purification method, LC MS, SFC and NMR for compounds prepared according to the procedures indicated in Table 1

Compound 9 (S*)-2-(2-methyl-7-((2-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-6-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-6-carboxamide

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (15 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Gemini 150*25 mm*10 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 mL/min, gradient condition from 31% B to 61%). The pure fraction was collected and the volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give compound 9 (26.4 mg, 99.2% purity, 9.81% yield) as a yellow powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 1): R_(T)=4.02 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₃N₉O₂ 457.20, m/z found 458.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Bruker) δ 13.22 (s, 1H), 12.63-12.52 (m, 1H), 10.89 (s, 1H), 8.82-8.76 (m, 2H), 8.21-8.17 (m, 0.4H), 8.11 (s, 0.6H), 7.99 (s, 0.6H), 7.88 (s, 0.4H), 7.76-7.71 (m, 1H), 7.71-7.67 (m, 0.6H), 7.65-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.51 (m, 0.4H), 7.37 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.50-6.41 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.86 (m, 3H), 2.70-2.61 (m, 1H), 1.12-1.02 (m, 6H).

SFC (Method 14): R_(T)=2.40 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Compound 10 (S*)—N,N-dimethyl-2-(2-methyl-7-((2-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-6-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-6-carboxamide

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (15 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, which was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Gemini C18 250*50 10u, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% FA), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 22 mL/min, gradient condition from 20% B to 50%). The pure fractions were collected and the volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give compound 10 (65.0 mg, 97.6% purity, 20.2% yield) as a yellow powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 1): R_(T)=4.32 min, mass calcd. for C₂₅H₂₇N₉O₂ 485.23, m/z found 486.1 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Bruker) δ 13.18 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 12.67-12.55 (m, 1H), 10.90 (s, 1H), 8.83-8.75 (m, 2H), 7.77 (s, 0.5H), 7.71 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 05H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.57-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.48-6.42 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.83 (m, 3H), 3.07-2.93 (m, 6H), 2.70-2.61 (m, 1H), 1.12-1.01 (m, 6H).

SFC (Method 11): R_(T)=1.27 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Compound 11 (S*)-6-(6-(dimethylamino)-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((2-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated to dryness to give a residue, which was suspended in tert-butyl methyl ether (15 mL) and ethyl acetate (3 mL) with precipitation formed. The precipitation was filtered and washed with tert-butyl methyl ether (10 mL) to give product. The product was re-suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixture was lyophilized to give compound 11 (165 mg, 96.6% purity, 39.8% yield) as yellow powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=3.75 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₆N₁₀O₂ 458.23, m/z found 459.1 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 12.96 (s, 0.2H), 12.89 (s, 0.8H), 12.59 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 0.2H), 12.43 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 0.8H), 10.89 (s, 0.2H), 10.86 (s, 0.8H), 8.84-8.75 (m, 2H), 8.51 (s, 0.2H), 8.40 (s, 0.8H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (s, 0.8H), 6.58 (s, 0.2H), 6.47-6.38 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.06-2.99 (m, 6H), 2.64-2.56 (m, 1H), 1.08-1.00 (m, 6H).

SFC (Method 12): R_(T)=4.78 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Compound 12 (S*)-7-((2-methoxy-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-6-(6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was separated by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: OD (250 mm×30 mm, 5 um)); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O EtOH, A:B=55:45 at 50 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixtures were lyophilized to dryness to give compound 12 (81.9 mg, 92.8% purity, 35.9% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=3.81 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₂N₈O₃ 446.18, m/z found 447.1 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) 12.96-12.86 (m, 1H), 12.77-12.63 (m, 1H), 10.93-10.84 (m, 1H), 8.90-8.74 (m, 2H), 7.69-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 05H), 7.45-7.37 (m, 1.5H), 7.29-7.25 (m, 0.5H), 7.08-7.02 (m, 0.5H), 6.82-6.74 (m, 1H), 6.64-6.55 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.10 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.88 (m, 3H), 3.83-3.76 (m, 3H), 3.38-3.35 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 14): R_(T)=3.69 min, peak: 97.6%.

Compound 13 (R*)-7-((2-methoxy-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-6-(6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was separated by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: OD (250 mm×30 mm, 5 um)); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O EtOH, A:B=55:45 at 50 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give compound 13 (73.4 mg, 99.5% purity, 34.5% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=3.81 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₂N₈O₃ 446.18, m/z found 447.1 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) 12.96-12.88 (m, 1H), 12.77-12.64 (m, 1H), 10.93-10.86 (m, 1H), 8.86-8.79 (m, 2H), 7.67-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.5H), 7.45-7.37 (m, 1.5H), 7.29-7.25 (m, 0.5H), 7.07-7.03 (m, 0.5H), 6.81-6.75 (m, 1H), 6.65-6.54 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.89 (m, 3H), 3.82-3.77 (m, 3H), 3.37-3.35 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 14): R_(T)=4.55 min, peak: 100%.

Compound 14 (S*)-6-(6-(dimethylamino)-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane:methanol=10:1) to afford compound 14 (15.1 mg, 95.9% purity, 26.9% yield) as yellow powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 1): R_(T)=4.06 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₄N₁₀O 444.21, m/z found 445.1 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 12.94 (s, 0.2H), 12.87 (s, 0.8H), 12.66 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 0.2H), 12.51 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.8H), 10.91 (s, 0.2H), 10.88 (s, 0.8H), 8.87-8.79 (m, 2H), 8.50 (s, 0.2H), 8.43 (s, 0.8H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.37 (m, 1H), 6.79 (s, 0.8H), 6.63 (s, 0.2H), 6.43-6.32 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.91 (m, 3H), 3.03 (s, 6H), 2.22-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.93 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 13): R_(T)=0.97 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Compound 15 (S*)-6(5-Methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((2-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (50 mL×3), brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to give a residue, which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane:methanol=10:1) to give compound 15 (224 mg, 99.2% purity, 32.9% yield) as a white solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=4.47 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₄N₈O₂ 444.20, m/z found 445.1 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ=12.98 (s, 1H), 12.63-12.50 (m, 1H), 10.86 (s, 1H), 8.84-8.73 (m, 2H), 7.62 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 0.4H), 7.42 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.6H), 7.39-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 0.6H), 7.04 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 0.4H), 6.84-6.76 (m, 1H), 6.49-6.40 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.87 (m, 3H), 3.84-3.77 (m, 3H), 2.71-2.56 (m, 1H), 1.11-1.00 (m, 6H).

SFC (Method 10): R_(T)=2.92 min, peak area: 100%.

Compound 16 (S*)-6-(6-Methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4, H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (50 mL×3), brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to dryness to give a residue, which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane:methanol=10:1) to give the racemic product as a white solid. The racemic product was separated by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: Column: OJ (250 mm*30 mm, 5 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O MeOH, A:B=65:35 at 50 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residues were lyophilized to give compound 16 (31.7 mg, 97.7% purity, 11.9% yield) as white solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=4.15 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₂N₈O₂ 430.19, m/z found 431.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ=12.95 (br. s., 1H), 12.69-12.57 (m, 1H), 10.88 (br. s., 1H), 8.90-8.79 (m, 2H), 7.67-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.4H), 7.45 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.6H), 7.40 (dt, J=1.5, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 0.6H), 7.07 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 0.4H), 6.79 (dd, J=2.4, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.45-6.34 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.83-3.77 (m, 3H), 2.22-2.09 (m, 2H), 1.00 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).

SFC (Method 13): R_(T)=1.50 min, peak area: 100%.

Compound 17 (R*)-6(6-Methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (50 mL×3), brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to dryness to give a residue, which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane:methanol=10:1) to give the racemic product as a white solid. The racemic product was separated by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: Column: OJ (250 mm*30 mm, 5 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O MeOH, A:B=65:35 at 50 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residues were lyophilized to give compound 17 (27.9 mg, 95.4% purity, 10.2% yield) as white solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=4.15 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₂N₈O₂ 430.19, m/z found 431.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ=12.99 (br. s., 1H), 12.65 (dd, J=8.4, 17.4 Hz, 1H), 10.90 (br. s., 1H), 8.92-8.78 (m, 2H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.4H), 7.47 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.6H), 7.40 (dt, J=1.5, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 0.6H), 7.10 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 0.4H), 6.85-6.75 (m, 1H), 6.47-6.36 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.89-3.76 (m, 3H), 2.25-2.11 (m, 2H), 1.01 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).

SFC (Method 13): R_(T)=2.18 min, peak area: 96.6%.

Compound 18 (S*)-6-(6-methoxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((2-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (10 mL×5), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane:methanol=10:1) to give a residue. The residue was re-suspended in acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give compound 18 (56.4 mg, 98.5% purity, 13.7% yield) as a yellow powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=3.63 min, mass calcd. For C₂₂H₂₃N₉O₂ 445.20, m/z found 446.1 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 13.14 (s, 0.3H), 13.11 (s, 0.7H), 12.58 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 0.3H), 12.46 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 0.7H), 10.94 (br. s., 0.3H), 10.93 (br. s., 0.7H), 8.83-8.78 (m, 2H), 8.52 (s, 0.31H), 8.40 (s, 0.7H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.01 (s, 0.7H), 6.80 (s, 0.3H), 6.49-6.41 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.89-3.86 (m, 3H), 2.66-2.57 (m, 1H), 1.08-1.01 (m, 6H).

SFC (Method 12): R_(T)=2.07 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Compound 19 (S*)-7-((2-methoxy-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-6-(6-methoxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (8 mL×5), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane:THF=1:1) to give the racemic product as a yellow powder. Then the racemic product was further purified by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: Column: AD (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um), Mobile phase: A: water; B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O MEOH, A:B=45:55 at 50 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 run). The pure fractions were collected and the volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give compound 19 (35.3 mg, 98.4% purity, 3.05% yield) as a yellow powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 1): R_(T)=3.76 min, mass calcd. For C₂₁H₂₁N₉O₃ 447.18, m/z found 448.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 13.09 (s, 0.3H), 13.05 (s, 0.7H), 12.71 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 0.3H), 12.60 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 0.7H), 10.95 (br. s., 1H), 8.85-8.80 (m, 2H), 8.50 (s, 0.3H), 8.42 (s, 0.7H), 7.68-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.00-6.97 (m, 0.7H), 6.82-6.79 (m, 0.3H), 6.61-6.54 (m, 1H), 4.19-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.88-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.36-3.35 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 14): R_(T)=3.74 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Compound 20 (R*)-7-((2-methoxy-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-6-(6-methoxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (8 mL×5), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane:THF=1:1) to give the racemic product as a yellow powder. Then the racemic product was further purified by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: Column: AD (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um), Mobile phase: A: water; B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O MEOH, A:B=45:55 at 50 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fractions were collected and the volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give compound 20 (29.5 mg, 98.3% purity, 2.56% yield) as a yellow powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 1): R_(T)=3.77 min, mass calcd. For C₂₁H₂₁N₉O₃ 447.18, m/z found 448.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 13.09 (s, 0.3H), 13.05 (s, 0.7H), 12.71 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 0.3H), 12.60 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 0.7H), 10.95 (br. s., 1H), 8.85-8.80 (m, 2H), 8.50 (s, 0.3H), 8.42 (s, 0.7H), 7.68-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.00-6.97 (s, 0.7H), 6.82-6.79 (s, 0.3H), 6.61-6.54 (m, 1H), 4.19-4.12 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.88-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.36-3.35 (m, 3H)), 1.79-1.71 (m, 3H), 1.38-1.28 (m, 3H)

SFC (Method 14): R_(T)=4.73 min, Peak Area: 97.8%.

Compound 21 (R)-6-(6-(dimethylamino)-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted by dichloromethane (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude product which was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Gemini 150*25 mm*10 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 mL/min, gradient condition from 30% B to 60%) to give the product as yellow solids. The product was further purified by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: AD (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O MeOH, A:B=45:55 at 80 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixtures were lyophilized to dryness to give compound 21 (28.3 mg, 99.6% purity, 11.5% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 3): R_(T)=2.52 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₄N₁₀O 444.21, m/z found 445.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) 12.94 (s, 0.2H), 12.87 (s, 0.8H), 12.67 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 0.2H), 12.51 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.8H), 10.93 (s, 0.2H), 10.90 (s, 0.8H), 8.89-8.79 (m, 2H), 8.51 (s, 0.3H), 8.43 (s, 0.7H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.47-7.33 (m, 1H), 6.80 (s, 0.8H), 6.64 (s, 0.2H), 6.46-6.31 (m, 1H), 4.05-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.03 (s, 6H), 2.25-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.07-0.90 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 14): R_(T)=1.24 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Compound 22 (S)-6-(6-(dimethylamino)-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted by dichloromethane (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude product which was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Gemini 150*25 mm*10 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 ml/min, gradient condition from 30% B to 60%) to give the product as yellow solids. The product was further purified by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: AD (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O MeOH, A:B=45:55 at 80 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixtures were lyophilized to dryness to give compound 22 (14.0 mg, 100% purity, 5.70% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 3): R_(T)=2.53 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₄N₁₀O 444.21, m/z found 445.1 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Bruker) 12.94 (s, 0.2H), 12.87 (s, 0.8H), 12.66 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 0.2H), 12.51 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 0.8H), 10.92 (s, 0.2H), 10.89 (s, 0.8H), 8.89-8.80 (m, 2H), 8.50 (s, 0.2H), 8.43 (s, 0.8H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.37 (m, 1H), 6.80 (s, 0.8H), 6.63 (s, 0.2H), 6.44-6.31 (m, 1H), 4.01-3.88 (m, 3H), 3.03 (s, 6H), 2.24-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.05-0.90 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 14): R_(T)=1.82 min, Peak Area: 99.5%.

Compound 23 (S*)-6-(6-(dimethylamino)-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((2-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one 0.14 formate

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (15 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Gemini 250 mm*50 mm, 10 μm, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% FA), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 22 mL/min, gradient condition from 25% B to 55%). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum, and then lyophilized to give compound 23 (37.6 mg, 100% purity, 9.3% yield) as white powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=3.71 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₆N₁₀O 458.23, m/z found 459.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 13.18 (s, 0.2H), 12.98 (s, 0.8H), 12.44-12.36 (m, 1H), 10.98 (s, 0.2H), 10.87 (s, 0.8H), 8.80 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 0.4H), 8.77 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1.6H), 8.14 (s, 0.14H), 7.99 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 0.8H), 7.95 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 0.2H), 7.67 (s, 0.2H), 7.62 (s, 0.8H), 7.42 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 0.8H), 7.39-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 0.2H), 6.50-6.44 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 3H), 2.97-2.92 (m, 6H), 2.66-2.58 (m, 1H), 1.10-1.03 (m, 6H).

SFC (Method 13): R_(T)=0.87 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Compound 24 (S*)-6-(1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((2-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (15 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Gemini 150 mm*25 mm, 10 μm, Mobile Phase A: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 mL/min, gradient condition from 15% B to 45%). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum, and then lyophilized to give compound 24 (11.3 mg, 99.2% purity, 8.1% yield) as white powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=3.49 min, mass calcd. for C₂₁H₂₁N₉O 415.19, m/z found 416.1 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 13.35 (s, 1H), 12.56 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 0.4H), 12.49 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 0.6H), 10.99-10.89 (m, 1H), 8.96 (s, 0.4H), 8.83 (s, 0.6H), 8.82-8.79 (m, 2H), 8.30-8.23 (m, 1H), 7.69-7.66 (m, 0.6H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.54-7.49 (m, 0.4H), 7.40-7.34 (m, 1H), 6.50-6.43 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.90 (m, 3H), 2.65-2.57 (m, 1H), 1.07-1.03 (m, 6H).

Chiral HPLC (Method 22): R_(T)=14.6 min, Peak Area: 99.8%.

Compound 25 (S*)-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-7-((2-methoxy-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (DCM:MeOH=10:1) to give the product. The product was separated by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: IC (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O EtOH, A:B=55:45 at 50 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in water (50 mL) and the resulting mixtures were lyophilized to dryness to give compound 25 (27.8 mg, 95.2% purity, 12.5% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=3.40 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₄N₈O₄ 476.19, m/z found 477.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) 12.86 (s, 1H), 12.61 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 10.87 (s, 1H), 8.82 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.40 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.66-6.57 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.08 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.34-3.33 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 13): R_(T)=2.11 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Compound 26 (R*)-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-7-((2-methoxy-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (DCM:MeOH=10:1) to give the product. The product was separated by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: IC (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O EtOH, A:B=55:45 at 50 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in water (50 mL) and the resulting mixtures were lyophilized to dryness to give compound 26 (31.8 mg, 96.3% purity, 14.4% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=3.50 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₄N O₄ 476.19, m/z found 477.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) 12.86 (s, 1H), 12.61 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 10.87 (s, 1H), 8.82 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.40 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.66-6.57 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.08 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.36-3.35 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 13): R_(T)=3.06 min, Peak Area: 99.285%.

Compound 27 (S*)-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((2-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL×2). The separated organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product which was purified by flash column chromatography (eluent: dichloromethane:methanol=1:0 to 10:1) to afford compound 27 (39.5 mg, 98.1% purity, 18.7% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=4.11 min, mass calcd. for C₂₄H₂₆N₈O₃ 474.21, m/z found 475.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) 12.93 (s, 1H), 12.44 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 10.82 (s, 1H), 8.78 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.47-6.41 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.79 (m, 3H), 2.65-2.57 (m, 1H), 1.09-1.02 (m, 6H).

SFC (Method 10): R_(T)=0.92 min, Peak Area: 98.5%.

Compound 28 (S)-6-(6-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuum to give a residue, which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (DCM:MeOH=10:1) to afford compound 28 (1.0 mg, 99.5% purity, 49.7%) as a light yellow solid.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 1): R_(T)=4.68 min, mass calcd. for C₂₀H₁₇FN₈O 404.15, m/z found 405.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d⁴) (Varian) 8.78 (dd, J=2.9, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (dd, J=4.9, 8.6 Hz, 0.5H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.47 (dd, J=4.7, 8.7 Hz, 0.5H), 7.35 (dt, J=1.8, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.04-6.82 (m, 1H), 6.55-6.40 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 1.82 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

SFC (Method 11): R_(T)=1.49 min, Peak Area: 99.2%.

Compound 29 (S)-6-(4,6-Dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (THF:EtOAc=1:0) to afford product as yellow solids, which was further purified by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: AD (250 mm×30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O EtOH, A:B=45:55 at 80 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The desired fraction was collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give compound 29 (104 mg, 99.7% purity, 53.7% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=3.94 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₂N₈O₃ 446.18, m/z found 447.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) 13.10-12.90 (m, 1H), 12.53-12.44 (m, 1H), 11.07-10.81 (m, 1H), 8.88-8.77 (m, 2H), 7.71-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 1H), 6.89-6.85 (m, 0.7H), 6.77-6.75 (m, 0.3H), 6.52-6.43 (m, 1H), 6.43-6.40 (m, 0.3H), 6.32-6.30 (m, 0.7H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 3.96 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.93 (s, 1H), 3.82 (s, 1H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 1.75-1.68 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 14): R_(T)=1.40 min, peak: 99.1%.

Compound 30 (S)-6-(6-methoxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with water (10 mL×5). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (DCM:MeOH=10:1) to give product. The product was further purified by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: C2 250 mm*30 mm, 10 um; Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O MeOH, A:B=45:55 at 50 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fractions were collected and the volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was suspended in acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give compound 30 (14.8 mg, 97.5% purity, 5.72% yield) as a yellow powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 1): R_(T)=3.91 min, mass calcd. For C₂₀H₁₉N₉O₂ 417.17, m/z found 418.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 13.26 (br. s., 0.3H), 13.16 (br. s., 0.7H), 12.72-12.55 (m, 1H), 10.96 (br. s., 1H), 8.88 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 8.54 (s, 0.1H), 8.47 (s, 0.9H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.43 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (br. s., 0.8H), 6.87 (br. s., 0.2H), 6.51-6.40 (m, 11H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 1.75-1.70 (m, 3H).

Chiral HPLC (Method 22): R_(T)=14.9 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Compound 31 (S)-6-(4,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (DCM:MeOH=10:1) to afford compound 31 (129 mg, 99.2% purity, 45.9% yield) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=4.17 min, mass calcd. for C₂₄H₂₄N₈O₃ 460.20, m/z found 461.1 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 13.07 (s, 0.3H), 12.92 (s, 0.7H), 12.46 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 0.7H), 12.40 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 0.3H), 11.02 (s, 0.3H), 10.87 (s, 0.7H), 8.86-8.75 (m, 2H), 7.69 (s, 0.3H), 7.66 (s, 0.7H), 7.39 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 0.7H), 6.77 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 0.3H), 6.46-6.30 (m, 2H), 4.26-4.17 (m, 2H), 4.05-3.91 (m, 3H), 3.86-3.76 (m, 3H), 1.80-1.68 (m, 3H), 1.36-1.28 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 14): R_(T)=1.04 min, Peak Area: 99.7%.

Compound 32 (S)-2-ethyl-6-(4-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (10 mL×5), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (DCM:THF=1:1) to give product. The product was further purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Agela DuraShell 150 mm_25 mm_5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (10 mM NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 mL/min, gradient condition: from 38% B to 68%). The pure fractions were collected and the volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was suspended in acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give compound 32 (56.6 mg, 99.9% purity, 11.3% yield) as a yellow powder.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=4.19 min, mass calcd. For C₂₂H₂₂N₈O₂ 430.19, m/z found 431.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 13.19 (s, 0.4H), 13.03 (s, 0.6H), 12.58 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 0.6H), 12.49 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 0.4H), 11.05 (s, 0.4H), 10.90 (s, 0.6H), 8.84 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 0.8H), 8.80 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1.2H), 7.71 (s, 0.4H), 7.67 (s, 0.6H), 7.42-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.13 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 0.4H), 7.05 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 0.6H), 6.79 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 0.4H), 6.69 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 0.6H), 6.44-6.35 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.17 (m, 2H), 4.06-3.95 (m, 3H), 1.79-1.71 (m, 3H), 1.38-1.28 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 13): R_(T)=0.79 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Compound 33 (S*)-2-ethyl-6-(6-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-7-((1-(oxazol-4-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]129yridine-5(4H)-one

and

Compound 34 (R*)-2-ethyl-6-(6-methoxy-H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-7-((1-(oxazol-4-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with water (10 mL×5), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product, which was purified by prep. thin layer chromatography (DCM:MeOH=10:1) to give product. The product was further purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Gemini 150*25 mm*10 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 22 mL/min, gradient condition from 35% B to 65%). The pure fractions were collected and the volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was suspended in acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give the racemic compound (200 mg, 93.6% purity, 38.4% yield) as a yellow powder. Then the racemic product was purified over supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: AD (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O IPA, A:B=45:55 at 50 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fractions were collected and the volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was suspended in acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture % as lyophilized to dryness to give compound 33 (24.8 mg, 97.2% purity, 12.1% yield) as yellow powder, and compound 34 (32.2 mg, 95.1% purity, 15.3% yield) as yellow powder.

Compound 33

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=4.50 min, mass calcd. For C₂₁H₂₁N₇O₃ 419.17, m/z found 420.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 12.96 (s, 1H), 12.36 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.4H), 12.30 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.6H), 10.95 (s, 1H), 8.37-8.35 (m, 1H), 8.03-7.99 (m, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.5H), 7.41 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 0.5H), 7.26 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 0.6H), 7.06 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 0.4H), 6.78 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 0.5H), 6.76 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 0.5H), 6.45-6.33 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.29 (m, 2H), 3.79 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 3H), 1.71-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.48-1.41 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 13): R_(T)=1.38 min, Peak Area: 100%.

Compound 34

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A, Method 2): R_(T)=4.49 min, mass calcd. C₂₁H₂₁N₇O₃ 419.17, m/z found 420.0 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d⁶) (Varian) δ 12.96 (s, 1H), 12.36 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.4H), 12.31 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.6H), 10.96 (br. s., 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.03-7.99 (m, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.5H), 7.41 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 0.5H), 7.26 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 0.6H), 7.06 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 0.4H), 6.78 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 0.5H), 6.76 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 0.5H), 6.45-6.34 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.29 (m, 2H), 3.79 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 3H), 1.72-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.49-1.41 (m, 3H).

SFC (Method 13): R_(T)=2.37 min, Peak Area: 99.8%.

Compound 35 (R*)-6-(5-methoxy-6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((2-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

and

Compound 36 (S*)-6(5-methoxy-6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((2-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=150:1 to 50:1) to give crude product (497 mg, 84.2% yield) as yellow solids. The crude product was further purified by prep. SFC (separation condition: Instrument: SFC80 (Waters); Column: AD 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO₂, Mobile phase B: MeOH/ACN/DEA=60/40/0.2; A:B=50:50 at 80 mL/min; Column Temp: 25° C.; Back Pressure: 100 bar) to afford compound 35 (125.00 mg, 25.2% yield, purity 96.9%, ee: >99%) and compound 36 (99.33 mg, 20.0% yield, purity 98.3%, ee: >99%).

Compound 35

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.39 min, mass calcd. for C₂₆H₃₀N₈O₄ 518.57, m/z found 519.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.93 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 12.45 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 10.81 (s, 1H), 8.79-8.78 (m, 2H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.45-6.43 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.08 (m, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.82-3.80 (m, 3H), 3.71-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 2.62-2.60 (m, 1H), 1.06 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H).

Compound 36

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.39 min, mass calcd. for C₂₆H₃₀N₈O₄ 518.57, m/z found 519.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.93 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 12.45 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 10.81 (s, 1H), 8.79-8.78 (m, 2H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.45-6.43 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.08 (m, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.82-3.80 (m, 3H), 3.71-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 2.62-2.60 (m, 1H), 1.06 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H).

Compound 37 (S)-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The residue was purified by prep-TLC (CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=10:1) to give compound 37 (91.07 mg, 49.0% yield, purity 99.4%, ee: >99%) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.27 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₄N₈O₃ 460.20, m/z found 461.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.90 (s, 1H), 12.51 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 10.86 (s, 1H), 8.82 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.38 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 6.42-6.38 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.18 (m, 211), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 1.75 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.32 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 38 (S)-2-ethyl-6-(5-methoxy-6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The residue was purified by prep-TLC (CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=10:1) to give compound 38 (100.87 mg, 55.0% yield, purity 96.0%, ee: 96.12%) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.32 min, mass calcd. for C₂₅H₂₈N₈O₄ 504.22, m/z found 505.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.90 (s, 1H), 12.51-12.49 (m, 1H), 10.85 (s, 1H), 8.82 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.43-6.36 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.12-4.10 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.71-3.69 (m, 211), 3.30 (s, 3H), 1.75 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.32 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 39 (R*)-6-(6-methoxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((2-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one

And Compound 40 (S*)-6-(6-methoxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((2-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one

The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (gradient, CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=100:1) to give product (70 mg, yield 14.8%) as yellow solids. The crude product was further purified by prep. SFC (Separation condition: Instrument: SFC80 (Waters); Column: AD 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO₂. Mobile phase B: IPA/ACN/DEA=60/40/0.2, A:B=50/50 at 80 mL/min, Column temperature: 25° C., Back pressure: 100 bar) to afford the compound 39 (9.96 mg, 14.23% yield, purity 94.4%, ee: 98.42%) and compound 40 (13.56 mg, 19.37% yield, purity 90.8%, ee: 93.34%).

Compound 39

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.24 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₃N₉O₂ 445.5, m/z found 446.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ13.36-13.18 (m, 1H), 12.39-12.33 (m, 1H), 11.00-10.89 (m, 1H), 8.82-8.76 (m, 2H), 8.05-7.35 (m, 4H), 6.50-6.47 (m, 11H), 3.89 (t, J=16.0 Hz, 61-1), 1.24-1.22 (m, 1H), 1.09-1.04 (m, 6H).

Compound 40

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.24 min, mass calcd. for CH₂₃H₂₃N₉O₂ 445.5, m/z found 446.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.36-13.18 (m, 1H), 12.39-12.33 (m, 1H), 11.00-10.89 (m, 1H), 8.82-8.76 (m, 2H), 8.05-7.35 (m, 4H), 6.50-6.47 (m, 1H), 3.89 (t, J=16.0 Hz, 6H), 1.24-1.22 (m, 1H), 1.09-1.04 (m, 6H).

Compound 41 (S)-2-ethyl-6-(4-fluoro-5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=80:1 to 50:1) to give compound 41 (133 mg, 54.0% yield, purity 99.4%, ee: >99%) as white solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 4): R_(T)=1.38 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₃FN₈O₃ 478.48, m/z found 479.3 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.79-8.78 (m, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.41-6.38 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.20 (m, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 1.84 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.41 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 42 (S*)-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

And Compound 43 (R*)-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The reaction mixture was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=100:1) to give crude product (70 mg, yield 14.8%) as a yellow solid. The crude product was further purified by prep. SFC (Separation condition: Instrument: SFC80 (Waters): Column: OD 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO₂, Mobile phase B: MeOH/ACN/DEA=60/40/0.2, A:B=70/30 at 70 mL/min, Column temperature: 25° C., Back pressure: 100 bar) to afford compound 42 (32.23 mg, 46.0% yield, purity 98.3%, ee: >99%) and compound 43 (33.88 mg, 48.4% yield, purity 98.4%, ee: 98.76%).

Compound 42

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure C-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.51 min, mass 5 calcd. for C₂₃H₂₄N₈O₃ 460.49, m/z found 461.2 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.91 (s, 1H), 12.52-12.50 (m, 1H), 10.84 (s, 1H), 8.83 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 211), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.40 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.17-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.01 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H).

Compound 43

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure C-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.52 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₄N₈O₃ 460.49, m/z found 461.2 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.02 (s, 1H), 12.40 (s, 1H), 10.84 (s, 1H), 8.83 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.20 (m, 3H), 6.40-6.38 (m, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 6H), 2.16-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.00 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 44 (S*)-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

And Compound 45 (R*)-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The residue was purified by prep-TLC (CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=10:1) to give crude product (112 mg, 59.1% yield, purity>99%) as yellow solids. The crude product was further purified by prep. SFC (Separation condition: Instrument: SFC80 (Waters); Column: IC 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO₂, Mobile phase B: MeOH/DEA=100/0.2, A:B=50/50 at 60 mL/min, Column temperature: 25° C., Back pressure: 100 bar) to afford compound 44 (41.93 mg, 37.2% yield, purity 98.7%, ee: >99%) and compound 45 (40.76 mg, 36.4% yield, purity 99.1%, ee: >99%).

Compound 44

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.35 min, mass calcd. for C₂₄H₂₆N₈O₃ 474.21, m/z found 475.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.91 (s, 1H), 12.48 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 10.84 (s, 1H), 8.81 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.37 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.34-6.29 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.04 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 45

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.35 min, mass calcd. for C₂₄H₂₆N₈O₃ 474.21, m/z found 475.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.91 (s, 1H), 12.48 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 10.84 (s, 1H), 8.81 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.34-6.29 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.04 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H).

Compound 46 (S*)-7-((cyclopropyl(pyrimidin-2-yl)methyl)amino)-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

And Compound 47 (R*)-7-((cyclopropyl(pyrimidin-2-yl)methyl)amino)-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The reaction mixture was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=100:1) to give crude product (70 mg, yield 14.8%) as yellow solid. The crude product was further purified by prep. SFC (Separation condition: Instrument: SFC80 (Waters); Column: OD 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO₂, Mobile phase B: MeOH/ACN/DEA=60/40/0.2, A:B=60/40 at 70 mL/min, Column temperature: 25° C., Back pressure: 100 bar) to afford compound 46 (40.32 mg, 76.2% yield, purity 98.5%, ee: >99%) and compound 47 (42.66 mg, 76.1% yield, purity 98.1%, ee: 97.4%).

Compound 46

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure C-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.58 min, mass calcd. for C₂₄H₂₄N₈O₃ 472.50, m/z found 473.3 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.92 (s, 1H), 12.51-12.49 (m, 1H), 10.85 (s, 1H), 8.83-8.82 (m, 2H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.33 (m, 3H), 6.28-6.24 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 1.56-1.55 (m, 1H), 0.56-0.51 (m, 4H).

Compound 47

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure c-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.58 min, mass calcd. for C₄H₂₄N₈O₃ 472.50, m/z found 473.3 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.91 (s, 1H), 12.33 (s, 1H), 10.86 (s, 1H), 8.84-8.82 (m, 2H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.24 (m, 3H), 6.25-6.22 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 1.57-1.54 (m, 1H), 0.56-0.51 (m, 4H).

Compound 48 (S*)-6(6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1H-benzol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

And Compound 49 (R*)-6-(6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=20:1 to 10:1) to give crude product (40 mg, 20% yield) as yellow solids. The crude product was further purified by prep. SFC (Separation condition: Instrument: SFC80 (Waters); Column: OD 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO₂, Mobile phase B: EtOH/ACN/DEA=85/15/0.2, A:B=70/30 at 80 mL/min, Column temperature: 25° C., Back pressure: 100 bar) to afford compound 48 (7.24 mg, 18.1% yield, purity 97.6%, ee: >99%) and compound 49 (17.57 mg, 44.0% yield, purity 98.2%, ee: 95.98%).

Compound 48

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=0.95 min, mass calcd. for C₂₄H₂₆N₈O₃ 474.21, m/z found 475.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.78-8.71 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 6.89-6.87 (m, 1H), 6.40-6.37 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.79-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 2.28-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.13 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 49

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=0.96 min, mass calcd. for C₂₄H₂₆N₈O₃ 474.21, m/z found 475.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.78 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 6.88-6.86 (m, 1H), 6.39-6.37 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.79-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 2.26-2.24 (m, 2H), 1.13 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

Compound 8 (S)-6-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, CH₂Cl₂:EtOAc=1:0-2:1) to give compound 8 (100.37 mg, 14% yield, purity 95.3%, ee: 96.4%) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure B-2, method 4): R_(T)=1.285 min, mass calcd. for C₂₄H₂₆N₈O₃ 474.21, m/z found 475.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.87 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 12.53 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 10.84 (s, 1H), 8.82 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=5.6 Hz 1H), 7.13 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 6.40-6.38 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.08-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.79 (m, 3H), 1.75 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.40-1.30 (m, 6H).

Compound 50 (S)-6-(6-ethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one

The reaction mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography (CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=25:1) to give crude product (110 mg, yield 35.0%) as a yellow solid. The crude product was further purified by prep. SFC (Separation condition: Instrument: SFC80 (Waters); Column: OD 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO₂. Mobile phase B: MeOH/ACN/DEA=60/40/0.2, A:B=60/40 at 80 mL/min, Column temperature: 25° C., Back pressure: 100 bar) to give compound 50 (59.57 mg, 54.2% yield, purity 99.8%, ee: >99%) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure B-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.70 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₄N₈O₂ 444.20, m/z found 445.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.92 (s, 1H), 12.65-12.59 (m, 1H), 10.87 (s, 1H), 8.84-8.83 (m, 2H), 7.66-7.09 (m, 4H), 6.79-6.76 (m, 1H), 6.41-6.37 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.19 (m, 2H), 4.11-4.02 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.73 (m, 3H), 1.39-1.31 (m, 6H).

Compound 51 (S)-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-7-((1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one

The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=100:1) to give compound 51 (328.25 mg, yield 53.5%, purity 99.1%, ee: >99%) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure B-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.377 min, mass calcd. for C₂₄H₂₅N₇O₃ 459.5, m/z found 460.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.53 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.23-7.18 (m, 3H), 6.47-6.38 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.90 (s, 6H), 1.82 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

Compound 52 (S)-6-(5,6-diethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-ethyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=150:1 to 50:1) to give crude product (260 mg, 34.0% yield) as yellow solids. The crude product was further purified by prep. SFC (Separation condition: Instrument: SFC80 (Waters); Column: OD 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO₂, Mobile phase B: MeOH/ACN/DEA=60/40/0.2, A:B=50/50 at 80 mL/min, Column temperature: 25° C., Back pressure: 100 bar) to afford compound 52 (129.11 mg, 49.6% yield, purity 98.9%, ee: >99%) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.44 min, mass calcd. for C₂₅H₂₈N₈O₃ 488.54, m/z found 489.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.87 (s, 1H), 12.53 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 10.85 (s, 1H), 8.82 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.38 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 6.41-6.37 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.00 (m, 6H), 1.75 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.38-1.30 (m, 9H).

Compound 53 (S)-6-(5,6-diethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2,4-dihydro-5H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one

The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=100:1) to give crude product (200 mg, yield 42.1%) as yellow solids. The crude product was further purified by prep. SFC (Separation condition: Instrument: SFC80 (Waters); Column: OD 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO₂, Mobile phase B: IPA/ACN/DEA=60/40/0.2, A:B=50/50 at 70 mL/min, Column temperature: 25° C., Back pressure: 100 bar) to afford compound 53 (71.44 mg, 35.7% yield, purity 98.4%, ee: >99%).

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.37 min, mass calcd. for C₂₄H₂₆N₈O₃ 474.5, m/z found 475.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.78 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.34 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (s, 2H), 6.49-6.48 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.12 (m, 4H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 1.83 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.44 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 6H).

Compound 54 (S)-2-ethyl-6-(6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (gradient, CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=20:1 to 10:1) to give crude product (350 mg, yield 70.6%) as yellow solid. The crude product was further purified by prep. SFC (Separation condition: Instrument: SFC80 (Waters); Column: AD 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO₂, Mobile phase B: MeOH/ACN/DEA=60/40/0.2, A:B=50/50 at 60 mL/min, Column temperature: 25° C., Back pressure: 100 bar) to afford compound 54 (114.25 mg, 32.6% yield, purity 99.0%, ee: >99%) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure B-2, method 3): R_(T)=1.50 min, mass calcd. for C₂₄H₂₆N₈O₃ 474.21, m/z found 475.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.78-8.76 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.15 (m, 4H), 6.88-6.85 (m, 1H), 6.46-6.43 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.16 (m, 4H), 3.79-3.76 (m, 2H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.84 (m, 3H), 1.39 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H).

Compound 55 (S)-6-(4-fluoro-5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The residue was purified by pre-TLC (CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=15:1) to give compound 55 (48.11 mg, 15.0% yield, purity 96.2%, ee: 97.94%) as brown solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure B-2, method 4): R_(T)=1.44 min, mass calcd. for C₂₂H₂₁FN₈O₃ 464.45, m/z found 465.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.80-8.79 (m, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.44-6.42 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 1.82 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

Compound 56 (S)-6-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-2-methyl-7-((1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-5(4H)-one

The residue was purified by prep-TLC (CH₂Cl₂:MeOH=10:1) to give compound 56 (124.58 mg, 33.5% yield, purity 98.5%, ee: >99%) as yellow solids.

LC-MS (ESI) (General Procedure A-2, method 2): R_(T)=1.20 min, mass calcd. for C₂₃H₂₃N₇O₃ 445.19, m/z found 446.4 [M+H]⁺.

General Procedure A-2: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.93 (s, 1H), 12.48 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 10.87 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.26-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 6.53-6.45 (m, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 1.71 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

Analytical Part

LCMS

General Procedure A

The LC measurement was performed using an Agilent 1200 HPLC system comprising a degasser, a binary pump, an auto-sampler, a column heater, a diode-array detector (DAD) and a column as specified in the respective methods below. Flow from the DAD was split to a MS spectrometer (Agilent 6110 or 6140) and an ELSD. The MS detector was configured with an electrospray ionization source. Nitrogen was used as the nebulizer gas. The drying gas temperature was maintained at 350° C. Capillary voltage was 2.5 V for positive ionization mode and 3.0 V for negative ionization mode. Mass spectra were acquired by scanning from 100 to 1000 in step size 0.1. The cycle time is 0.89 sec/cycle. Data acquisition was performed with a Chemstation B.04.03

Method 1

In addition to the general procedure A: Reversed phase HPLC was carried out on a Waters XBridge Shield RP18 column (50*2.1 mm 5 μm) with a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase A: water with 0.05% NH3.H2O; mobile phase B: acetonitrile) were used. First, 100% A was hold for 1 minute. Then a gradient was applied to 40% A and 60% B in 4 minutes and then to 5% A and 95% B in 2.5 minutes. Finally return to 100% A in 2 minutes and hold for 0.5 minute. Post Time is 0.5 minute. Oven temperature was 40° C. The injection volume is 2 uL. (MS polarity: positive)

Method 2

In addition to the general procedure A: Reversed phase HPLC was carried out on a Phenomenex Luna-C18 column (5 μm, 2.0×50 mm) with a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase A: water with 0.1% TFA; mobile phase B: acetonitrile with 0.05% TFA) were used. 100% A was hold for 1 minute, A gradient from 100% A to 40% A is applied in 4 minutes, and 40% A down to 15% A in 2.5 minutes. And then return to 100% A in 2 minutes and hold for 0.5 minutes. The post time is 0.5 min. Oven temperature was 50° C. The injection volume is 2 uL. (MS polarity: positive)

Method 3

In addition to the general procedure A: Reversed phase HPLC was carried out on a Phenomenex Luna-C18 column (5 μm, 2.0×50 mm) with a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase A: water with 0.1% TFA; mobile phase B: acetonitrile with 0.05% TFA) were used. First, 90% A was hold for 0.8 minute. Then a gradient was applied to 20% A and 80% B in 3.7 minutes and hold for 3 minutes. And then return to 90% A in 2 minutes and hold for 0.5 minutes. The post time is 0.5 min. Oven temperature was 50° C. The injection volume is 2 uL. (MS polarity: positive)

General Procedure B

The LCMS measurement was performed using an Agilent1200 series system comprising a quaternary pump with degasser, an autosampler, a column oven (set at 50° C., unless otherwise indicated), a diode-array detector (DAD) and a column as specified in the respective methods below. Flow from the column was split to a MS spectrometer. The MS detector was configured with an electrospray ionization source. Mass spectra were acquired by scanning from 100 to 1000 using a cycle time of 0.52 second. The capillary needle voltage was 2.5 kV and the source temperature was maintained at 350° C. Nitrogen was used as the nebulizer gas. Data acquisition was performed with a LC/MSD ChemStation data system.

Method 4

In addition to the general procedure B: Reversed phase HPLC was carried out on an Xtimate C18 column (2.1*30 mm, 3 um) with a flow rate of 1.2 mL/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase A: water (4 L)+TFA (1.5 mL); mobile phase B: acetonitrile (4 L)+TFA (0.75 mL)) were employed to run a gradient condition from 100% A to 40% A, 60% B in 0.9 minutes, and hold at these conditions for 0.6 minutes, to 40% A and 60% B in 0.01 minutes and reequilibrate with 40% A for 0.49 minutes. An injection volume of 0.1-20 μL was used. Cone voltage was 70 V for positive ionization mode.

Method 5

In addition to the general procedure B: Reversed phase HPLC was carried out on an MERCK C18 column (RP-18e 25-2 mm) with a flow rate of 1.2 mL/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase A: water (4 L)+TFA (1.5 mL); mobile phase B: acetonitrile (4 L)+TFA (0.75 mL)) were employed to run a gradient condition from 95% A to 5% A, 95% B in 0.7 minutes, and hold at these conditions for 0.4 minutes, to 95% A and 5% B in 0.01 minutes and reequilibrate with 95% A for 0.49 minutes. An injection volume of 0.1-20 μL was used. Cone voltage was 70 V for positive ionization mode.

Method 6

In addition to the general procedure B: Reversed phase HPLC was carried out on an Xbridge Shield RP-18 column (5 um, 2.1*50 mm) with a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase A: water (1 L)+NH₃H₂O (0.5 mL); mobile phase B: acetonitrile) were employed to run a gradient condition from 90% A to 20% A, 80% B in 2 minutes, and hold at these conditions for 0.48 minutes, to 90% A and 10% B in 0.01 minutes and reequilibrate with 90% A for 0.11 minutes. An injection volume of 0.1-20 μL was used. Cone voltage was 70 V for positive ionization mode.

General Procedure C

The LCMS measurement was performed using an Shimadzu LCMS-2010 EV series system comprising a quaternary pump with degasser, an autosampler, a column oven (set at 50° C., unless otherwise indicated), a diode-array detector (DAD) and a column as specified in the respective methods below. Flow from the column was split to a MS spectrometer. The MS detector was configured with an electrospray ionization source. Mass spectra were acquired by scanning from 100 to 1000 using a cycle time of 0.25 second. The detector voltage was 1.6 kV and the source temperature was maintained at 250° C. Nitrogen was used as the nebulizer gas. Data acquisition was performed with a LCMS solution data system.

Method 7

In addition to the general procedure C: Reversed phase HPLC was carried out on an Xtimate C18 column (2.1*30 mm, 3 um) with a flow rate of 1.2 mL/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase A: water (4 L)+TFA (1.5 mL); mobile phase B: acetonitrile (4 L)+TFA (0.75 mL)) were employed to run a gradient condition from 100% A to 40% A, 60% B in 6 minutes, and hold at these conditions for 0.5 minutes, to 40% A and 60% B in 0.01 minutes and reequilibrate with 40% A for 0.49 minutes. An injection volume of 0.1-20 μL was used. Cone voltage was 70 V for positive ionization mode.

Method 8

In addition to the general procedure C: Reversed phase HPLC was carried out on an Xtimate C18 column (2.1*30 mm, 3 um) with a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase A: water (4 L)+TFA (1.5 mL); mobile phase B: acetonitrile (4 L)+TFA (0.75 mL)) were employed to run a gradient condition from 90% A to 20% A, 80% B in 6 minutes, and hold at these conditions for 0.5 minutes, to 90% A and 10% B in 0.01 minutes and reequilibrate with 90% A for 0.49 minutes. An injection volume of 0.1-20 μL was used. Cone voltage was 70 V for positive ionization mode.

Method 9

In addition to the general procedure C: Reversed phase HPLC was carried out on an MERCK C18 column (RP-18e 25-2 mm) with a flow rate of 1.2 ml/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase A: water (4 L)+TFA (1.5 mL); mobile phase B: acetonitrile (4 L)+TFA (0.75 mL)) were employed to run a gradient condition from 95% A to 5% A, 95% B in 0.7 minutes, and hold at these conditions for 0.4 minutes, to 95% A and 5% B in 0.01 minutes and reequilibrate with 95% A for 0.49 minutes. An injection volume of 0.1-20 μl was used. Cone voltage was 70V for positive ionization mode.

General Procedure A-2 for LC-MS

The LCMS measurement was performed using a Waters UPLC-QDa system comprising a quaternary pump, an autosampler, a column oven (set at 50° C., unless otherwise indicated), a photo-diode array (PDA) detector and a column as specified in the respective methods below. Flow from the column was split to a MS spectrometer. The MS detector was QDa detector and configured with an electrospray ionization source. Mass spectra were acquired by scanning from 100 to 1000. The capillary needle voltage was 0.8 kV and the source temperature was maintained at 120° C. Nitrogen was used as the nebulizer gas. Data acquisition was performed with a Waters-Micromass MassLynx-Openlynx data system.

Method 2 (90:10)

In addition to the general procedure A-2: Reversed phase HPLC was carried out on an ACQUITY UPLC BEH C18 column (1.7 μm 2.1×50 mm) with a flow rate of 0.6 ml/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase C: 0.1% formic acid in water; mobile phase D: 0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile) were employed to hold 90% C and 10% D for 1.2 minutes, then hold 5% C and 95% D for 0.8 minutes. An injection volume between 0.3-5 μl was depended on the concentration of sample. Cone voltage was 15 V for positive ionization mode.

Method 4 (70:30)

In addition to the general procedure A-2: Reversed phase HPLC was carried out on an ACQUITY UPLC BEH C18 column (1.7 μm 2.1×50 mm) with a flow rate of 0.6 ml/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase C: 0.1% formic acid in water; mobile phase D: 0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile) were employed to hold 70% C and 30% D for 1.2 minutes, then hold 5% C and 95% D for 0.8 minutes. An injection volume between 0.3-5 μl was depended on the concentration of sample. Cone voltage was 15 V for positive ionization mode.

General Procedure B-2 for LC-MS

The LCMS measurement was performed using a Shimadzu LC-MS2020 system comprising a pump (LC-20AD) with degasser (DGU-20A₃), an autosampler (SIL-20AHT), a column oven (CTO-20A) (set at 40° C., unless otherwise indicated), a photo-diode array (PDA) (SPD-M20A) detector, an evaporative light-scattering (ELSD)(Alltech 3300ELSD) detector and a column as specified in the respective methods below. Flow from the column was split to a MS spectrometer. The MS detector was configured with an electrospray ionization source. Mass spectra were acquired by scanning from 80 to 1000. Nitrogen was used as the nebulizer gas. Data acquisition was performed with a Labsolution data system.

Method 2

In addition to the general procedure B-2: Reversed phase UPLC was carried out on a Shimadzu SunFire C18 (5 μm 50*4.6 mm) with a flow rate of 2.0 ml/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase A: 0.1% formic acid in water; mobile phase B: 0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile) were employed to hold 90% A and 10% B for 1.6 minutes, then hold 5% A and 95% B for 1.0 minute. An injection volume between 0.3-5 μl was depended on the concentration of sample. Cone voltage was 20 V for positive and negative ionization mode. Mass spectra were acquired by scanning from 100 to 1000 in 0.2 seconds using an interscan delay of 0.1 seconds.

Method 3

In addition to the general procedure B-2: Reversed phase UPLC was carried out on a Shimadzu SunFire C18 (5 μm 50*4.6 mm) with a flow rate of 2.0 ml/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase A: 0.1% formic acid in water; mobile phase B: 0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile) were employed to hold 80% A and 20% B for 1.6 minutes, then hold 5% A and 95% B for 1.0 minute. An injection volume between 0.3-5 μl was depended on the concentration of sample. Cone voltage was 20 V for positive and negative ionization mode. Mass spectra were acquired by scanning from 100 to 1000 in 0.2 seconds using an interscan delay of 0.1 seconds.

Method 4

In addition to the general procedure B-2: Reversed phase UPLC was carried out on a Shimadzu SunFire C18 (5 μm 50*4.6 mm) with a flow rate of 2.0 ml/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase A: 0.1% formic acid in water; mobile phase B: 0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile) were employed to hold 70% A and 30% B for 1.6 minutes, then hold 5% A and 95% B for 1.0 minute. An injection volume between 0.3-5 μl was depended on the concentration of sample. Cone voltage was 20 V for positive and negative ionization mode. Mass spectra were acquired by scanning from 100 to 1000 in 0.2 seconds using an interscan delay of 0.1 seconds.

General Procedure C-2 for LC-MS

The LCMS measurement was performed using an AB system comprising a quaternary pump (G1311A), an autosampler (CTC Analytic HTS), a column oven (G1316A TCC, set at 40° C., unless otherwise indicated), a DAD (G1315B) detector and a column as specified in the respective methods below. Flow from the column was split to a MS spectrometer. The MS (API3000) configured with an electrospray ionization source. Mass spectra were acquired by scanning from 80 to 1000. Nitrogen was used as the nebulizer gas.

Method 2 (90:10)

In addition to the general procedure C-2: Reversed phase HPLC was carried out on a SunFire C18 (5 μm 50*4.6 mm) with a flow rate of 1.0 ml/min. Two mobile phases (mobile phase C: 0.1% NH₃H₂O in water; mobile phase D: 0.1% NH₃H₂O in acetonitrile) were employed to hold 95% C and 5% D for 3 minutes, then hold 5% C and 95% D for 1 minutes. An injection volume was depended on the concentration of sample.

NMR

General Procedure A for NMR

The below NMR experiments were carried out using a Bruker Avance III 400 and a Varian 400 spectrometers at ambient temperature, using internal deuterium lock and equipped with BBO 400 MHz probe head for the Bruker Avance III 400 and with Varian 400 ASW PFG 4nuc (¹H, ¹³C, ¹⁹F, ³¹P) probe head for the Varian 400. Chemical shifts (δ) are reported in parts per million (ppm).

General Procedure A-2 for NMR

The below NMR experiments were carried out using a Bruker Avance III 400 spectrometers at ambient temperature, using internal deuterium lock and equipped with 5 mm PABBO (¹H, ¹³C, ¹⁵N, ³¹P, ¹⁹F) probe head. Chemical shifts (□) are reported in parts per million (ppm)

SFC/Chiral HPLC

General Procedure D

The SFC-MS test was performed using a Berger SFC system comprising a binary pump, an auto-sampler, a column heater, a diode-array detector (DAD), a 6-position column switching valve, a solvent switching valve and aback pressure regulator (BPR). Typically the column temperature and the BPR was set at 40 C and 100 bar respectively. Flow from the DAD was split to a MS spectrometer (Agilent 6110). The MS detector was configured with an atmospheric-pressure chemical ionization source. Nitrogen was used as the nebulizer gas. The drying gas temperature was maintained at 250° C. Capillary voltage was 3000 V for positive ionization mode and 3000 V for negative ionization mode. Mass spectra were acquired by scanning from 100 to 1000 in step size 0.1. The cycle time is 1.06 sec/cycle. Data acquisition was performed with a Chemstation B.04.03

Method 10

SFC was carried out on a Chiralpak AD-3 50*4.6 mm I.D., 3 um column with a flow rate of 4 mL/min. Two mobile phases (Mobile phase: A: CO₂ B: iso-propanol (0.05% DEA)). The gradient was hold 40%. Column temp was 40° C. (MS polarity: positive)

Method 11

SFC was carried out on a Chiralcel OJ-3 50*4.6 mm I.D., 3 um column with a flow rate of 4 mL/min. Two mobile phases (Mobile phase: A: CO₂ B: ethanol (0.05% DEA)). The gradient was from 5% to 40% of B in 5 min and hold 40% for 2.5 min, then 5% of B for 2.5 min. Column temp was 40° C. (MS polarity: positive)

Method 12

SFC was carried out on a Chiralcel OD-3 50*4.6 mm I.D., 5 um column with a flow rate of 4 mL/min. Two mobile phases (Mobile phase: A: CO₂ B: ethanol (0.05% DEA)). The gradient was from 5% to 40% of B in 5 min and hold 40% for 2.5 min, then 5% of B for 2.5 min. Column temp was 40° C. (MS polarity: positive)

Method 13

SFC was carried out on a Chiralpak AD-3 50*4.6 mm I.D., 3 um column with a flow rate of 4 mL/min. Two mobile phases (Mobile phase: A: CO₂ B: ethanol (0.05% DEA)). The gradient was hold 40%. Column temp was 40° C. (MS polarity: positive)

Method 14

SFC was carried out on a Chiralpak AD-3 50*4.6 mm I.D., 3 um column with a flow rate of 4 ml/min. Two mobile phases (Mobile phase: A: CO₂ B: Methanol (0.05% DEA)). The gradient was hold 40%. Column temp was 40° C. (MS polarity: positive)

Method 15

SFC was carried out on a Chiralpak AD-3 50*4.6 mm I.D., 3 um column with a flow rate of 4 L/min. Two mobile phases (Mobile phase: A: CO₂ B: iso-propanol (0.1% Ethanolamine). The gradient was 40% of iso-propanol (0.1% Ethanolamine) in CO₂. Column temp was 40° C. (MS polarity: positive)

General Procedure F

The SFC test was performed using a Waters UPC{circumflex over ( )}2 system comprising a degasser, a binary pump, an auto-sampler, a column heater, a diode-array detector (PDA), a 6-position column switching valve, a solvent switching valve and a back pressure regulator (BPR). Typically the column temperature and the BPR were set at 35 C and 1500 psi respectively.

Method 20

SFC was carried out on a Chiralpak AS-3 150×4.6 mm I.D., 3 um column with a flow rate of 2.5 mL/min. Two mobile phases (Mobile phase: A: CO₂ B: iso-propanol (0.05% DEA)). The gradient was hold 40%. Column temp was 40° C. (MS polarity: positive)

General Procedure H

The Chiral HPLC test was performed using a Shimadzu LC-20AB system comprising a degasser, a binary pump, an auto-sampler, a column heater, a 6-position column switching valve and a diode-array detector (DAD). Typically the column temperature was set at 30° C.

Method 22

Chiral HPLC was carried out on a CD-PH 250*4.6 mm I.D., 5 um column with a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min. Two mobile phases (Mobile phase: A: Water with 0.069% TFA B: Acetonitrile). The gradient was from 10% to 80% of B in 15 min, from 80% to 10% of B in 2 min, and hold 10% for 13 min. Column temp was 30° C.

Pharmacological Part

Biological Assays

FGFR3 Wild Type Mobility Shift Assay (Enzymatic Assay)

In a final reaction volume of 25 μL, 0.04 ng/μL human FGFR3 wild type enzyme (cytoplasmic domain, from Carna Biosciences) was incubated with 75 μM ATP, 1 μM FL-peptide 30 substrate and 250 nL of testing compound (1% DMSO final) in assay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl₂, 0.003% Brij35, 1 mM DTT). After incubation for 50 minutes at 30° C. the reaction was stopped with 10 μL of 0.5M EDTA pH 8.0, and then 25 μL of reaction mixture was transferred to reading plate and measured on Caliper EZ reader II. The substrate-product conversion rate was used as raw data for normalization and concentration-response curve (10 dose points with 4× serial dilution, starting with 10 μM) was plotted using Prism to calculate IC₅₀ (M), pIC₅₀ (−log IC₅₀) and HillSlope value.

FGFR3 V555M Mobility Shift Assay (Enzymatic Assay)

In a final reaction volume of 25 μL, 0.04 ng/μL human FGFR3 V555M enzyme (cytoplasmic domain carrying V555M mutation, from Carna Biosciences) was incubated with 30 μM ATP, 1 μM FL-peptide 30 substrate and 250 nL of testing compound (1% DMSO final) in assay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl₂, 0.003% Brij35, 1 mM DTT). After incubation for 45 minutes at 30° C. the reaction was stopped with 10 μL of 0.5M EDTA pH 8.0, and then 25 μL of reaction mixture was transferred to reading plate and measured on Caliper EZ reader II. The substrate-product conversion rate was used as raw data for normalization and concentration-response curve (10 dose points with 4× serial dilution, starting with 10 μM) was plotted using Prism to calculate IC₅₀ (M), pIC₅₀ (−log IC₅₀) and HillSlope value.

FGFR3 V555L Mobility Shift Assay (Enzymatic Assay)

In a final reaction volume of 25 μL, 0.04 ng/μL human FGFR3 V555L enzyme (cytoplasmic domain carrying V555L mutation, from Carna Biosciences) was incubated with 40 μM ATP, 1 μM FL-peptide 30 substrate and 250 nL of testing compound (1% DMSO final) in assay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl₂, 0.003% Brij35, 1 mM DTT). After incubation for 50 minutes at 30° C. the reaction was stopped with 10 μL of 0.5M EDTA pH 8.0, and then 25 μL of reaction mixture was transferred to reading plate and measured on Caliper EZ reader II. The substrate-product conversion rate was used as raw data for normalization and concentration-response curve (10 dose points with 4× serial dilution, starting with 10 μM) was plotted using Prism to calculate IC₅₀ (M), pIC₅₀ (−log IC₅₀) and HillSlope value.

NIH/3T3 FGFR3 WT-TACC3 Cell Proliferation Assay

In day 1, 90 μL of cell suspension (NIH/3T3 cells overexpressing FGFR3 WT-TACC3 fusion protein) (total 30,000 cells per well in growth medium (DMEM containing 1% Glutamax, 10% FBS and 1% Pen/Strep)) was seeded in a 96-well plate and then incubated overnight at 37° C. and 5% CO₂. In day 2, 10 μL of growth medium containing 10-fold stock solution of testing compound was added into cell cultures (9 dose points with 4× serial dilution, starting with 10 μM, 0.1% DMSO final). After 72-hr incubation at 37° C. and 5% CO₂, in day 5 a volume of 50 μL CellTiter Glo (CTG) reagent was added into cell-containing 96-well plate and the plate was incubated at room temperature for 10 minutes before RLUs (relative light unit) were measured on a microplate reader with luminescence detection module. The RLU value was normalized to survival % and concentration-response curve was plotted using Prism to calculate IC₅₀ (M), pIC₅₀ (−log IC₅₀) and HillSlope value.

NIH/3T3 FGFR3 V555M-TACC3 Cell Proliferation Assay

In day 1, 90 μL of cell suspension (NIH/3T3 cells overexpressing FGFR3 V555M-TACC3 fusion protein) (total 30,000 cells per well in growth medium (DMEM containing 1% Glutamax, 10% FBS and 1% Pen/Strep)) was seeded in a 96-well plate and then incubated overnight at 37° C. and 5% CO₂. In day 2, 10 μL of growth medium containing 10-fold stock solution of testing compound was added into cell cultures (9 dose points with 4× serial dilution, starting with 10 μM, 0.1% DMSO final). After 72-hr incubation at 37° C. and 5% CO₂, in day 5 a volume of 50 μL CellTiter Glo (CTG) reagent was added into cell-containing 96-well plate and the plate was incubated at room temperature for 10 minutes before RLUs (relative light unit) were measured on a microplate reader with luminescence detection module. The RLU value was normalized to survival % and concentration-response curve was plotted using Prism to calculate IC₅₀ (M), pIC₅₀ (−log IC₅₀) and HillSlope value.

NIH/3T3 Mock Cell Proliferation Assay

In day 1, 90 μL of cell suspension (NIH/3T3 cells transfected with the same control vector as in the above two proliferation assays) (total 30,000 cells per well in growth medium (DMEM containing 1% Glutamax, 10% FBS and 1% Pen/Strep)) was seeded in a 96-well plate and then incubated overnight at 37° C. and 5% CO₂. In day 2, 10 μL of growth medium containing 10-fold stock solution of testing compound was added into cell cultures (9 dose points with 3× serial dilution, starting with 30 PM, 0.3% DMSO final). After 72-hr incubation at 37° C. and 5% CO₂, in day 5 a volume of 50 μL CellTiter Glo (CTG) reagent was added into cell-containing 96-well plate and the plate was incubated at room temperature for 10 minutes before RLUs (relative light unit) were measured on a microplate reader with luminescence detection module. The RLU value was normalized to survival % and concentration-response curve was plotted using Prism to calculate IC₅₀ (M), pIC₅₀ (−log IC₅₀) and HillSlope value. This assay served as a counter assay for NIH/3T3 FGFR WT/VM-TACC3 cell proliferation assays to indicate general toxicity of testing compounds caused by off-target effect.

NIH/3T3 FGFR3 WT-TACC3 Cellular Phospho-ERK Assay (In Vitro PD Assay)

50 μL of cell suspension (NIH/3T3 cells overexpressing FGFR3 WT-TACC3 fusion protein) (total 10,000 cells per well in growth medium (DMEM containing 1% Glutamax, 10% FBS and 1% Pen/Strep)) was seeded in a 384-well plate. After overnight incubation at 37° C. and 5% CO₂, 5.5 μL of growth medium containing lox testing compound was added into cell cultures (10 dose points with 4× serial dilution, starting with 10 μM, 0.1% DMSO final). After 1-hr incubation at 37° C. and 5% CO₂, the medium was depleted and AlphaLISA SureFire Ultra p-ERK1/2 (Thr202/Tyr204) Assay Kit (from PerkinElmer) was applied for phospho-ERK level detection according to the kit instructions. The RFUs (relative fluorescence units were measured on EnVision microplate reader (ex. 680 nm, em. 615 nm) and concentration-response curve was plotted using Prism to calculate IC₅₀ (M), pIC₅₀ (−log IC₅₀) and HillSlope value.

NIH/3T3 FGFR3 V555M-TACC3 Cellular Phospho-ERK Assay (In Vitro PD Assay)

50 μL of cell suspension (NIH/3T3 cells overexpressing FGFR3 V555M-TACC3 fusion protein) (total 10,000 cells per well in growth medium (DMEM containing 1% Glutamax, 10% FBS and 1% Pen/Strep)) was seeded in a 384-well plate. After overnight incubation at 37° C. and 5% CO₂, 5.5 μL of growth medium containing lox testing compound was added into cell cultures (10 dose points with 4× serial dilution, starting with 10 μM, 0.1% DMSO final). After 1-hr incubation at 37° C. and 5% CO₂, the medium was depleted and AlphaLISA SureFire Ultra p-ERK1/2 (Thr202/Tyr204) Assay Kit (from PerkinElmer) was applied for phospho-ERK level detection according to the kit instructions. The RFUs (relative fluorescence units were measured on EnVision microplate reader (ex. 680 nm, em. 615 nm) and concentration-response curve was plotted using Prism to calculate IC₅₀ (M), pIC₅₀ (−log IC₅₀) and HillSlope value.

TABLE 2 Pharmacological data (IC₅₀; unit nM) FGFR3 FGFR3 NIH/3T3 NIH/3T3 NIH/3T3 FGFR3 NIH/3T3 NIH/3T3 FGFR3 Compound wild type V555M MOCK FGFR3 V555M-TACC3 FGFR3 WT- V555M-TACC3 number Caliper Caliper CTG WT-TACC3 CTG CTG TACC3 pERK PERK 1 0.75 0.27 986.54 4.72 4.07 3.2 3.047 9 4.334 0.803 2701 201.65 199.6 10 2.568 0.6729 1367 54.165 31.89 11 6.774 1.052 1841.5 67.06 50.69 12 17.96 4.245 1497.5 105.8 109.4 13 1832 374.9 14 71.89 11.82 15 4.518 0.7526 1335 64.96 45.85 16 1355 341.6 17 4.866 0.9568 958.6 27.6 23.88 18 8.513 1.6895 3117 71.875 51.45 19 1242 242.7 20 22.43 4.672 21 1242 347.2 22 3.623 0.7427 1250.5 24.38 24.6 23 3.52 0.40086 942.55 57.975 37.29 24 13.4625 2.4975 3007.5 165.5275 116.815 25 15.36 2.65 4552 356.65 359.15 26 789.6 218.4 27 4.822 1.141 722.35 40.175 31.2 28 7.145 0.5946 2030 73.78 13.325 2 2.884 0.79065 2375.667 18.04333 16.09333 29 1.894 0.5175 809.05 16.025 20.77 3 1.672 0.3606 775.85 23.37 32.575 30 1.12665 0.41365 1198.825 11.0975 7.883 4 3.3585 0.99795 734.925 21.9 31.78 31 6.205 1.785 1941 34 36 64.525 32 5.45 2.028 1486.5 43.175 69.6 5A 7.666 1.558 380 33.64 50.405 5C 977.7 315.2 33 23.74 4.159 34 39.49 32.77 6 1.83125 0.672575 799.9778 16 76671 29.57286 35 297.8 80.51 36 7.747 0.5035 757 24.985 21.48 37 1.83125 0.672575 799.9778 16.76671 29.57286 38 0.9796 0.568 532.25 18 41 37.28 39 263.2 48.64 40 5.933 0.7425 1740.5 80.955 78.475 41 3.803 1.113 2277.75 46.4925 55.5675 42 2.161 0.4075 590.95 12 5305 18.25 43 138.2 43.19 44 3.096 1.174 2298 31.69 51.565 45 601.5 347.2 46 2.437 0.5663 681.7 22.675 27.6 47 99.62 23.77 48 1.449 0.6345 396 17.075 111.535 49 150.2 59.51 8 1.151 0.3758 765.5 19.08 22.955 50 2.96 0.5763 1097 28.67 40.91 51 4.43 0.613 1128.5 30 21 31.12 52 0.8534 0.2814 653.35 16.11 18.765 5.66 6.67 7 0.3273 0.183 713.45 6.029 6.365 3.64 2.79 53 0.5536 0.2979 534.75 3.186 4.1505 54 1.641 0.5617 688.55 11.5335 21.6 55 0.95745 0.3924 2279.5 17415 11.833 5.5 5.19 56 1.556 0.2965 856.95 18.445 13.115 7.92 5.16 

What is claimed is:
 1. A method for the prophylaxis or treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by a FGFR kinase, which method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a compound of formula (I):

or a tautomeric or stereochemically isomeric form thereof, wherein: A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ are each, independently, CH, CR^(a1), CR^(a2) or N; provided that when one or more of A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ is a substituted carbon atom, at least one of said substituted carbon atoms is CR^(a1), and provided that maximum three of A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ are CR^(a1) or CR^(a2); C1 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl; C2 is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl, hydroxyl or C₁₋₄alkoxy; or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached; each R^(a1) independently is halo, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, —OR^(c), —N(R^(c)), —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂, —S(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C₁₋₆alkyl or C₃₋₆cycloalkyl; each R^(a2) independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, carboxyl, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyano, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂, —C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic saturated heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom that is N, O or S; R^(c) is hydrogen, C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₄alkyloxyC₁₋₄alkyl; R^(b) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆alkoxy, C₁₋₆alkyloxycarbonyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, cyanoC₁₋₆alkyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—NH₂, —C(═O)—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom that is N, O or S, or C₁₋₆alkyl substituted with C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom that is N, O or S; B is a 3 to 12 membered carbocyclyl or a 3 to 12 membered heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom that is N, O or S, wherein said carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl are each optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R substituents; each R independently is C₁₋₆alkyl, cyano, halo, C₁₋₆alkoxy, haloC₁₋₆alkoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxyC₁₋₆alkyl, haloC₁₋₆alkyl, oxo, —SO₂—NH₂, —SO₂—NH(C₁₋₄alkyl), —SO₂—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, —NH—C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C(═O)—C₁₋₆alkyl, —C(═O)—C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₁₋₆alkyl-O—C(═O)—, C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, phenyl, or a 3 to 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom that is N, O or S; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof.
 2. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is of formula (I-a):


3. The method of claim 1, wherein each R^(a1) independently is halo, —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, or —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂.
 4. The method of claim 3, wherein R^(a1) is, independently, —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, or —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂.
 5. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is of formula (I-A) or (I-A-a):

wherein n is an integer equal to 0, 1 or
 2. 6. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is of formula (I-B) or (I-B-a):

wherein n is an integer equal to 0, 1 or
 2. 7. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is of formula (I-C) or (I-C-a):

wherein n is an integer equal to 0, 1 or
 2. 8. The method of claim 1, wherein the co R und is of formula I-D or I-D-a

wherein n is an integer equal to 0, 1 or
 2. 9. The method of claim 1, wherein each R^(a2) independently is halo or C₁₋₆alkoxy.
 10. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is of formula (I-E) or (I-E-a)


11. The method of claim 1, wherein C₁ is hydrogen and C₂ is C₁₋₄alkyl.
 12. The method of claim 1, wherein C₁ and C₂ are hydrogen.
 13. The method of claim 1, wherein C₁ and C₂ are C₁₋₄alkyl.
 14. The method of claim 1, wherein R^(b) is C₁₋₄alkyl.
 15. The method of claim 1, wherein B is a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom that is N, O or S, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R substituents.
 16. The method of claim 15, wherein B is an aromatic heterocyclyl.
 17. The method of claim 1, wherein: A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ are each, independently, CH, CR^(a1), CR^(a2); or one of A₁, A₂, A₃ and A₄ is N and the remaining A substituents are each, independently, CH, CR^(a1) or CR^(a2); C1 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl; C2 is hydrogen or C₁₋₄alkyl or C₁₋₄alkoxy; or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl together with the carbon atom to which they are attached; each R^(a1) independently is halo, —OR^(c), —N(R^(c))₂, or —C(═O)—N(R^(c))₂; each R^(a2) independently is halo or C₁₋₆alkoxy; R^(b) is C₁₋₆alky; B is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom that is N, O or S, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1 R substituent; or B is an unsubstituted 5 or 6 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom that is N, O or S.
 18. The method of claim 17, wherein: C1 is hydrogen or methyl; or C2 is hydrogen, methyl or methoxy; or C1 and C2 are taken together to form a cyclopropyl; or R^(a1) is, independently, halo, —O—C₁₋₄alkyl, —O—C₁₋₄alkyloxyC₁₋₄alkyl, —NH₂, —N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂, —C(═O)—NH₂ or —C(═O)—N(C₁₋₄alkyl)₂; or R^(a2) is, independently, halo or C₁₋₄alkoxy; or R^(b) is C₁₋₄alkyl; or B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, or oxazolyl.
 19. The method of claim 18, wherein B is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl or oxazolyl.
 20. The method of claim 17, wherein B is an unsubstituted 5 or 6 membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl containing at least one heteroatom that is N, O or S.
 21. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof.
 22. The method of claim 21, wherein the compound is:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof.
 23. The method of claim 21, wherein the compound is:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof.
 24. The method of claim 21, wherein the compound is:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof.
 25. The method of claim 21, wherein the compound is:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof.
 26. The method of claim 21, wherein the compound is:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof.
 27. The method of claim 1, wherein the disease state or condition is cancer.
 28. The method of claim 27, wherein the cancer is a cancer harboring FGFR3 V555M. 